Measuring and monitoring relays Product group picture

Measuring and monitoring relays Product group picture
Measuring and monitoring relays
Product group picture
2
2/1 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Measuring and monitoring relays
Table of contents
Measuring and monitoring relays
Benefits and advantages
2/3
Monitoring features and application ranges
2/5
Approvals and marks
2/7
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase............................ 2/9
Three-phase monitoring relays......................................................... 2/27
Grid feeding monitoring relays Voltage and frequency monitoring functions...................................... 2/49
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems................. 2/59
Motor load monitoring relays............................................................ 2/73
Motor control and protection............................................................ 2/79
Thermistor motor protection relays................................................... 2/85
Temperature monitoring relays. . ........................................................ 2/97
Liquid level monitors and controls.................................................. 2/109
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers.............. 2/123
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/2
2
Measuring and monitoring relays
Benefits and advantages
CM-N range: Multifunctional
CM-S range:
Universal and multifunctional
CM-E range: Economy
–– 4
5 mm wide housing
–– O utput contacts: 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
–– C ontinuous voltage range (24-240 V AC/DC)
or single-supply
–– Setting and operation via front-face operating controls
–– Adjustment of threshold values and switching hysteresis via direct reading scale
–– Adjustable time delays
–– Integrated and snap-fitted front-face marker
label
–– Sealable transparent cover (accessory)
–– O
nly 22.5 mm wide housing
– – Output contacts: 1 or 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
– – One supply voltage range or supplied by
measuring circuit
– – S etting and operation via front-face
operating controls
– – A djustment of threshold values and
switching hysteresis via direct reading
scale
– – Integrated and snap-fitted front-face
marker
– – S nap-on housing: The relays can be
placed on a DIN rail tool-free - just snap
it on or remove it tool-free
– – S ealable transparent cover (accessory)
–– O
nly 22.5 mm wide housing
– – O utput contacts: 1 c/o
contact or 1 n/o contact
– – O ne supply voltage range
– – O ne monitoring function
– – Cost-efficient solution for
OEM applications
– – Preset monitoring ranges
2
ABB‘s measuring and monitoring relays in a new housing
Benefits at a glance
Easy Connect Technology
New options:
Additionally to the existing well established screw connections
a new innovative connection technology can be offered: Easy
Connect Technology with push-in terminals.
Tool-free wiring:
The push-in terminals can be wired with rigid or fine stranded
wires with wire end ferrules totally tool-free. The connection
direction is exactly the same as the screw version.
Extended features
Flammability:
The plastic housing material used meets the requirements for
the highest flammability class. (UL94 V-0 rated)
Look and feel:
The new housing fits perfectly with ABB’s control products
offer.
Higher utility class:
The Easy Connect Technology provides excellent vibration
resistance with gas tight push-in terminals – the right solution
for harsh environment.
2/3 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Measuring and monitoring relays
Benefits and advantages
Higher utility class 1
The Easy Connect Technology provides excellent vibration
resistance with gas tight push-in terminals – the right solution for harsh environment. Selected products of the electronic timers and measuring and monitoring relays comply
to the latest rail standards NF F 16-101/102, EN 45545,
EN 50155 and more standards which are relevant for railway applications. Find more inforamtion in the rail brochure
2CDC110084B0201.
4
Double-chamber cage connection terminals
Double-chamber cage connection terminals provide connection of wires up to 2 x 0.5-2.5 mm² (2 x 20-14 AWG) rigid or
fine-strand, with or without wire end ferrules. Potential distribution does not require additional terminals. The extended
type designators for products with double-chamber cage connection terminals are indicated by a S following the extended
type designator e.g. CM-xxS.xxS.
5
LED‘s for status indication
All actual operational states are displayed by front-face LEDs,
thus simplifying commissioning and troubleshooting.
Safety 2
The „real distance“ is hidden.
The clearance and the creepage distances of our products
exceed international standards and substantially increase the
safety of our products.
6
Integrated marker label
Integrated marker labels allow the product to be marked
quickly and simply. No additional marker labels are required.
88
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/4
2CDC 255 006 S0011
7
2CDC 253 013 F0013
6
2CDC 252 006 F0012
5
2CDC 253 007 F0012
4
8
Snap-On housing
Tool-free DIN rail installation and deinstallation of the monitoring relay.
2CDC 253 026 F0011
3
7
Sealable transparent cover
Protection against unauthorized changes of time and threshold values. Available as an accessory.
2CDC 253 025 F0011
2CDC 253 011 F0003
2
1SVC 110 000 F0506
3
Easy Connect Technology
Tool-free wiring and excellent vibration resistance. Push-in
terminals provide connection of wires up to 2 x 0.5 - 1.5 mm²
(2 x 20 -16 AWG), rigid or fine-strand with or without wire
end ferrules. The extended type designators for products with
push-in terminals are indicated by a P following the extended
type designator e.g. CM-xxS.xxP.
1
2
Measuring and monitoring relays
Monitoring features and application ranges
2
Single-phase current and voltage monitoring
–– O ver- or undercurrent monitoring CM-SRS and CM-SRS.M
–– O ver- and undercurrent monitoring CM-SFS
–– O ver- or undervoltage monitoring CM-ESS and CM-ESS.M
–– O ver- and undervoltage monitoring CM-EFS
Current monitoring
–– Monitoring of motor current consumption
–– Monitoring of lighting installations and heating circuits
–– Monitoring of hoisting gear and transportation equipment
overload
–– Monitoring of locking devices, electromechanical brake
gear and locked rotor
Voltage monitoring
–– Speed monitoring of DC motors
–– Monitoring of battery voltages and other supply networks
–– Monitoring of upper and lower voltage threshold values
Insulation monitoring
–– F or electrically isolated AC systems: CM-IWS.2
–– F or electrically isolated AC, DC and mixed AC/DC systems:
CM-IWS.1, CM-IWN.1 and especially for solar applications:
m 500 µF: CM-IWN.4
m 1000 µF: CM.IWN.5
m 2000 µF: CM-IWN.6
–– M
onitoring of electrically isolated supply mains for insulation resistance failure
–– D etection of initial faults
–– Protection against earth faults
Motor load monitoring
CM-LWN monitoring relays load states of single- and threephase asynchronous motors.
Three-phase monitoring
– – Phase failure CM-PBE
– – O ver- and undervoltage CM-PVE
– – Phase sequence and phase failure CM-PFE and CM-PFS
– – Phase sequence and phase failure, over- and undervoltage
CM-PSS.xx and CM-PVS.xx
– – Phase sequence and phase failure, unbalance CM-PAS.xx
– – Phase sequence and phase failure, unbalance, over- and
undervoltage CM-MPS.xx and CM-MPN.xx
– – Over- and undervoltage, over- and underfrequency CM-UFS.1
v
Three-phase voltage monitoring
– – Voltage monitoring of mobile three-phase equipment
– – Protection of personnel and installations against phase
reversal
– – Monitoring of the supply voltage to machines and installations
– – Protection of equipment against damage caused by unstable supply voltage
– – Switching to emergency or auxiliary supply
– – Protection of motors against damage caused by unbalanced phase voltages and phase loss
– – Automatic connection & disconnection of decentralised
power stations to the grid
Grid feeding monitoring relays
The CM-UFx range monitors all voltage and frequency parameters in a grid and ensures the safe feeding of decentral
produced eletrical energy into the grid.
– – Monitoring of the voltage with up to 2 thresholds for overand undervoltage
L1
L2
– – Monitoring of the frequency with up to 2
L3
N
thresholds for over- and underfrequency
V,f
– – Optional ROCOF (rate of change of frequency)
and vector shift
– – Acc. to national grid feeding standards such
as CEI 0-21, VDE AR-N 4105 etc.
Thermistor motor protection
CM-MSS provide full protection of motors with integrated
PTC resistor sensors.
––
––
––
––
––
––
etection of V-belt breaking
D
Motor protection against overload
Monitoring of filters for clogging
Protection of pumps against dry running
D etection of high pressure in conduit systems
Monitoring for dulling blades in sawing and cutting machines
2/5 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
–– P
rotection of motors against thermal overload, e. g. caused by insufficient cooling,
heavy load starting conditions, undersized
motors, etc.
ϑ
Measuring and monitoring relays
Monitoring features and application ranges
Liquid level monitoring and control
CM-ENE, CM-ENS and CM-ENN for control and regulation of
liquid levels and ratios of mixtures of conductive fluids.
––
––
––
––
––
rotection of pumps against dry running
P
Protection against container overflow
C ontrol of liquid levels
D etection of leaks
C ontrol of mixing ratios
Temperature monitoring
Acquisition, messaging and regulation of temperatures of
solid, liquid and gaseous media in processes and machines
– – w ith CM-TCS via PT100 sensor
– – w ith C512 and C513 with PT100, PT1000
KTY83, KTY84 or NTC sensors
ϑ
– – Motor and system protection
– – Control panel temperature monitoring
– – Frost monitoring
– – Temperature limits for process variables, e.g. in the
packing or electroplating industry
– – Control of systems and machines like heating,
air-conditioning and ventilation systems, solar collectors,
heat pumps or hot water supply systems
– – Monitoring of servomotors with KTY sensors
– – B earing and gear oil monitoring
– – Coolant monitoring
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/6
2
Measuring and monitoring relays
Approvals and marks
Current and voltage monitoring,
single-phase
CM-PVS.x1S/P
CM-PVS.81S/P
CM-PAS.x1S/P
CM-MPS.x1S/P
CM-MPS.x3S/P
CM-MPN.52S/P
CM-MPN.62S/P
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
K
EAC
CB scheme
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
E
CCC
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
L
RMRS
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Marks
CE
a
RCM
b
J
J
J
J
J
J
CM-TCS.xS/P
C512
C513
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
CM-IWN.1S/P
J
CM-IWS.1S/P
J
j
CM-IWS.2S/P
J
J
J
R
EAC
CB scheme
J
J
J
K
J
J
J
E
CCC
J
J
L
RMRS
J
J
J
1)
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
CEI 0-21
G59/3 LV + G83/2, G59/3 HV
VDE-AR-N 4105
„Erzeugungsanlagen am
Niederspannungsnetz“
BDEW „Erzeugungsanlagen am
Mittelspannungsnetz“
Marks
CE
a
RCM
b
J
J
Grid
feeding
monitoring
relays
J
J
J
Temperature
monitoring
J
J
J
J
Motor load
monitoring
J
J
J
J
GL
1)
J
J
J
J
C
Approvals
UL 508, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14
A
J
J
CM-LWN
Insulation monitoring
relays for ungrounded
supply mains
J existing
j pending
Rail applications
J
J
J
CM-UFD.M33
1)
CM-IVN.S/P
Rail applications
CM-IWN.4,5,6.S/P
R
CM-UFD.M31
Approvals
UL 508, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14
A
GL
C
CM-UFD.M22
2
CM-MPN.72S/P
CM-PSS.x1S/P
J
J
CM-PVE
J
J
CM-PBE
J
J
CM- EFS.2S/P
J
J
CM-ESS.MS/P
J
J
CM-ESS.2xS
J
J
CM-ESS.1xS/P
J
J
CM-SFS.2S/P
J
J
CM.SRS.MS/P
J
CM-SRS.2xS
J
CM-SRS.1xS/P
CM-PFS.S/P
Three-phase monitoring
CM-PFE
J existing
j pending
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Applicable in rail application following the latest standards for rail applications: NF F 16-101/102 (I2/F2 classified), EN 45545 (Hazard Level 3), DIN 5510, EN 50155,
IEC 60571. Further information is available in our rail segment brochure 2CDC110084B0201.
2/7 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Measuring and monitoring relays
Approvals and marks
1)
CM-MSS.33
CM-ENE MIN
CM-ENE MAX
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
CM-ENN
CM-MSS.32
J
J
J
CM-ENS UP/...
CM-MSS.23
J
J
J
CM-ENS
CM-MSS.22
J
J
J
CM-MSS.13
J
CM-MSS.12
J
CM-MSS.x1
Approvals
UL 508, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14
A
GL
C
EAC
R
II (2) G D, PTB 02 ATEX 3080
I
CB scheme
K
CCC
E
RMRS
L
ATEX
I
Marks
CE
a
RCM
b
Liquid level
monitoring
Thermistor motor protection
CM-MSE
J existing
j pending
J
J
J
J1)
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Version with protective separation without C approval
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/8
2
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Product group picture
2
2/9 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Table of contents
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Benefits and advantages
2/11
Operating controls
2/12
Selection table - Current monitoring relays
2/13
Selection table - Voltage monitoring relays
2/14
Ordering details - Current monitoring relays
2/15
Ordering details - Voltage monitoring relays
2/16
Function diagrams
2/17
Connection diagrams, DIP switches
2/20
Technical data - Current monitoring relays
2/22
Technical data - Voltage monitoring relays
2/24
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/10
2
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Benefits and advantages
2CDC 251 059 V0011
2CDC 251 056 V0011
2
Characteristics current and voltage monitoring relays
–– M onitoring of DC and AC currents: 3 mA to 15 A 1)
–– M onitoring of DC and AC voltages from 3-600 V
–– T RMS measuring principle
–– O ne device includes 3 measuring ranges
–– O ne device includes 4 measuring ranges: 3-30 V; 6-60 V;
30-300 V; 60-600 V
–– O ver- and undercurrent monitoring1)
–– O ver- and undervoltage monitoring1)
–– O N or OFF-delay configurable1)
–– O pen- or closed-circuit principle configurable1)
–– T hreshold values for >U and/or <U adjustable1)
–– L atching function configurable1)
–– T hresholds for >I and/or <I adjustable1)
–– F ixed hysteresis of 5 %1)
–– Start-up delay Tv adjustable 0; 0.1-30 s1)
–– Tripping delay Tv adjustable 0; 0.1-30 s1)
–– 1 x 2 c/o contacts (common signal) or 2 x 1 c/o contact
(separate signals for >I and <I) configurable 1)
–– 1 x 2 c/o contacts (common signal) or 2 x 1 c/o contact
(separate signals for >U and <U) configurable1)
–– 2 2.5 mm width
–– 3 LEDs for the indication of operational states
–– Approvals / Marks
A C R K E L
1)
2)
2)
/a b
depending on device
Applicable in rail application following the latest standards for rail applications:
NF F 16-101/102 (I2/F2 classified), EN 45545 (Hazard Level 3), DIN 5510, EN 50155, IEC 60571.
Further information is available in our rail segment brochure 2CDC110084B0201.
2/11 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Current monitoring, single-phase
The ABB current monitoring relays CM-SRS.xx
reliably monitor the occurence of currents that
exceed or fall below the selected threshold value.
The functions overcurrent or undercurrent monitoring can be preselected. Single- and multifunction
devices for the monitoring of direct or alternating
currents from 3 mA to 15 A are available.
Current window monitoring (Imin, I max)
The window monitoring relay CM-SFS.2x is available if the application requires the simultaneous
monitoring of over- and undercurrents.
Voltage monitoring, single-phase
The ABB voltage monitoring relays CM-SRS.xx
are used to monitor direct and alternating voltages
within a range of 3-600 V. Over- or undervoltage
detection can be preselected.
Voltage window monitoring (Umin, Umax)
For the simultaneous detection of over- and undervoltages, the window monitoring relay CM-EFS.2
can be used.
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Operating controls
Current monitoring relays
1 Adjustment of the threshold value >I for overcurrent
2 Adjustment of the threshold value <I for undercurrent
3 Indication of operational states
1
4 Adjustment of the tripping delay TV
2
3
4
5 Adjustment of the start-up delay TS
6 DIP switches (see DIP switch functions on page 2/20)
A ON-delay
B OFF-delay
g Closed-circuit principle
h Open-circuit principle
f Latching function activated
e Latching function not activated
i 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact
j 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
2CDC 253 018 F0013
5
U/T: green LED – control supply voltage/timing
R: yellow LED – relay status
I: red LED – over- / undercurrent
Voltage monitoring relays
1 Adjustment of the threshold value >U for overvoltage
2 Adjustment of the threshold value <U for undervoltage
3 Indication of operational states
1
2
3
4
4 Adjustment of the tripping delay TV
5 Adjustment of the measuring range
6 DIP switches (see DIP switch functions on page 2/20)
A ON-delay
B OFF-delay
g Closed-circuit principle
h Open-circuit principle
f Latching function activated
e Latching function not activated
i 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact
j 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
2CDC 253 014 F0013
5
U/T: green LED – control supply voltage/timing
R: yellow LED – relay status
U: red LED – over- / undervoltage
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/12
2
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Selection table - Current monitoring relays
220 - 240 V AC
J
J
J
1SVR730840R0700
1SVR730760R0400
1SVR740760R0400
1SVR730760R0500
CM-SFS.21P
CM-SFS.22S
J
CM-SFS.21S
1SVR740840R0600
J
CM-SRS.M2S
1SVR730840R0600
CM-SRS.M1P
1SVR740841R1400
CM-SRS.21P
J
CM-SRS.M1S
1SVR730841R1400
CM-SRS.21S
J
1SVR730841R1500
1SVR740841R0400
CM-SRS.21P
J
1SVR730841R0500
1SVR730841R0400
CM-SRS.21S
J
CM-SRS.22S
1SVR740840R0400
J
J
1SVR730840R0500
1SVR730840R0400
CM-SRS.21P
J
CM-SRS.21S
1SVR740841R1200
CM-SRS.11P
1SVR730841R1300
1SVR730841R1200
CM-SRS.11S
1SVR730841R0300
1SVR740841R0200
CM-SRS.11P
J
CM-SRS.12S
1SVR730841R0200
J
110 - 130 V AC
1SVR730840R0300
1SVR740840R0200
J
CM-SRS.11S
1SVR730840R0200
J
CM-SRS.11P
Order number
24 - 240 V AC/DC
CM-SRS.11S
Rated control supply voltage Us
Type
2
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Measuring ranges AC/DC
3 - 30 mA
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
10 - 100 mA
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
0.1 - 1 A
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
0.3 - 1.5 A
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
1-5A
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
3 - 15 A
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Monitoring function
J
J
J
J
J
J
Latching
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
Open circuit or closed circuit principle
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
2
2
2
Over- or undercurrent
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Windows current monitoring
Timing functions for tripping delay
ON delay, 0 or 0. 1 - 30 s
adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
ON or OFF delay
Output
c/o contact
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Connection type
J
Push-in terminals
Double-chamber cage connection
terminals
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
adj: adjustable
sel: selectable
2/13 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Selection table - Voltage monitoring relays
220 - 240 V AC
1SVR740830R0400
1SVR730831R0400
1SVR740831R0400
1SVR730831R1400
1SVR740831R1400
1SVR730830R0500
1SVR740830R0500
1SVR730750R0400
1SVR740750R0400
CM-ESS.2P
CM-ESS.2S
CM-ESS.2P
CM-ESS.2S
CM-ESS.2P
CM-ESS.MS
CM-ESS.MP
CM-EFS.2S
CM-EFS.2P
1SVR730831R1300
CM-ESS.1S
J
1SVR730830R0400
1SVR740831R0300
CM-ESS.1P
J
1SVR740831R1300
1SVR730831R0300
CM-ESS.1S
J
CM-ESS.2S
1SVR740830R0300
CM-ESS.1P
J
110 - 130 V AC
CM-ESS.1P
1SVR730830R0300
CM-ESS.1S
24 - 240 V AC/DC
Order number
Rated control supply voltage Us
Type
2
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Measuring ranges AC/DC
3 - 30 V
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
6 - 60 V
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
30 - 300 V
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
60 - 600 V
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Latching
sel
sel
sel
sel
Open circuit or closed circuit principle
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
sel
2
2
Monitoring function
Over- or undervoltage
Windows voltage monitoring
Timing functions for tripping delay
ON delay, 0 or 0.1 - 30 s
adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
ON or OFF delay
Output
c/o contact
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Connection type
J
Push-in terminals
Double-chamber cage connection
terminals
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
adj: adjustable
sel: selectable
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/14
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Ordering details - Current monitoring relays
Description
The CM range current monitoring relays protect single-phase mains (DC or AC) from over- and
undercurrent from 3 mA to 15 A. Two different terminal versions are available. You can choose
between the proven screw connection technology (double-chamber cage connecting terminals) and the completely tool-free Easy Connect Technology (push-in terminals).
2
Ordering details
Rated control Function Tripping
supply voltage
delay T V
Measuring Type
range
24-240 V AC/DC
Price
1 pce
Weight
(1 pce)
kg (lb)
1SVR730840R0200
0.145 (0.320)
1SVR730841R0200
0.161 (0.355)
1SVR730841R1200
0.161 (0.355)
1SVR740840R0200
0.137 (0.302)
1SVR740841R0200
0.153 (0.337)
1SVR740841R1200
0.153 (0.337)
1SVR730840R0300
0.137 (0.302)
1SVR730841R0300
0.168 (0.370)
220-240 V AC
1SVR730841R1300
0.168 (0.370)
24-240 V AC/DC
1SVR730840R0400
0.152 (0.335)
1SVR730841R0400
0.179 (0.395)
1SVR730841R1400
0.179 (0.395)
1SVR740840R0400
0.141 (0.311)
1SVR740841R0400
0.168 (0.370)
1SVR740841R1400
0.168 (0.370)
1SVR730840R0500
0.144 (0.399)
1SVR730841R0500
0.181 (0.399)
1SVR730841R1500
0.181 (0.399)
CM-SRS.M1S
1SVR730840R0600
0.153 (0.337)
CM-SRS.M1P
1SVR740840R0600
0.142 (0.313)
CM-SRS.M2S
1SVR730840R0700
0.155 (0.342)
CM-SFS.21S
1SVR730760R0400
0.150 (0.331)
CM-SFS.21P
1SVR740760R0400
0.139 (0.306)
CM-SFS.22S
1SVR730760R0500
0.158 (0.348)
110-130 V AC
220-240 V AC
2CDC 251 054 V0011
Order code
24-240 V AC/DC
CM-SRS.11S
b
a
without
3-30 mA,
10-100 mA,
0.1-1 A
110-130 V AC
CM-SRS.11P
220-240 V AC
CM-SRS.22S
24-240 V AC/DC
110-130 V AC
b
a
without
0.3-1.5 A,
1-5 A,
3-15 A
110-130 V AC
220-240 V AC
24-240 V AC/DC
CM-SRS.12S
CM-SRS.21S
b
a
3-30 mA,
adjustable
10-100 mA,
0 or 0.1-30 s
0.1-1 A
110-130 V AC
CM-SRS.21P
220-240 V AC
24-240 V AC/DC
110-130 V AC
b
a
0.3-1.5 A,
adjustable
1-5 A,
0 or 0.1-30 s
3-15 A
CM-SRS.22S
220-240 V AC
2CDC 251 056 V0011
24-240 V AC/DC
24-240 V AC/DC
CM-SFS.22P
24-240 V AC/DC
b
a
e
f
j
i
Overcurrent monitoring
Undercurrent monitoring
Without latching
With latching
1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact
24-240 V AC/DC
b
e
a
f
b
e
a
f
j
i
3-30 mA,
adjustable
10-100 mA,
0 or 0.1-30 s
0.1-1 A
0.3-1.5 A,
adjustable
1-5 A,
0 or 0.1-30 s
3-15 A
3-30 mA,
adjustable
10-100 mA,
0 or 0.1-30 s
0.1-1 A
0.3-1.5 A,
adjustable
1-5 A,
0 or 0.1-30 s
3-15 A
2/15 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
S: screw connection
P: push-in / easy connect
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Ordering details - Voltage monitoring relays
Description
The CM range voltage monitoring relays provide reliable monitoring of voltages as well as detection of phase loss in single-phase mains.
All devices are available with two different terminal versions. You can choose between the
proven screw connection technology (double-chamber cage connecting terminals) and the
completely tool-free Easy Connect Technology (push-in terminals).
Ordering details
Rated control Function Tripping
supply voltage
delay T V
MeasurType
ing range
AC/DC
24-240 V AC/DC
1SVR730831R0300
0.164 (0.362)
1SVR730831R1300
0.164 (0.362)
1SVR740830R0300
0.126 (0.278)
1SVR740831R0300
0.155 (0.342)
220-240 V AC
1SVR740831R1300
0.155 (0.342)
24-240 V AC/DC
1SVR730830R0400
0.153 (0.337)
1SVR730831R0400
0.181 (0.399)
1SVR730831R1400
0.181 (0.399)
1SVR740830R0400
0.142 (0.313)
1SVR740831R0400
0.170 (0.375)
1SVR740831R1400
0.170 (0.375)
CM-ESS.MS
1SVR730830R0500
0.154 (0.340)
CM-ESS.MP
1SVR740830R0500
0.143 (0.320)
CM-EFS.2S
1SVR730750R0400
0.157 (0.346)
CM-EFS.2P
1SVR740750R0400
0.146 (0.322)
2CDC 251 060 V0011
220-240 V AC
24-240 V AC/DC
CM-ESS.1S
d
c
without
3-30 V,
6-60 V,
30-300 V,
60-600 V
CM-ESS.1P
110-130 V AC
220-240 V AC
24-240 V AC/DC
CM-ESS.2S
d
c
3-30 V,
adjustable
6-60 V,
0 or 0.1-30 s 30-300 V,
60-600 V
110-130 V AC
CM-ESS.2P
220-240 V AC
2CDC 251 059 V0011
24-240 V AC/DC
b
a
e
f
j
i
24-240 V AC/DC
Overcurrent monitoring
Undercurrent monitoring
Without latching
With latching
1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact
1 pce
Weight
(1 pce)
kg (lb)
0.135 (0.298)
110-130 V AC
CM-EFS.2
Price
1SVR730830R0300
110-130 V AC
CM-ESS.MP
Order code
de
ce
df
cf
3-30 V,
adjustable
6-60 V,
0 or 0.1-30 s 30-300 V,
60-600 V
b
e
a
f
j
i
3-30 V,
adjustable
6-60 V,
0 or 0.1-30 s 30-300 V,
60-600 V
S: screw connection
P: push-in / easy connect
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/16
2
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Function diagrams
Function diagrams - CM-SRS.1
Overcurrent monitoring b
Function diagrams - CM-SRS.2
Overcurrent monitoring b
2CDC 252 208 F0205
Measured value
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
Threshold
Hysteresis
TV
Measured value
< TV
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
red LED
green LED
yellow LED
red LED
yellow LED
Undercurrent monitoring a
Undercurrent monitoring a
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
Measured value
TV
2CDC 252 211 F0205
A1-A2
2CDC 252 209 F0205
A1-A2
< TV
Hysteresis
Threshold
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
red LED
green LED
yellow LED
red LED
yellow LED
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold value, the output relay(s) energize(s): on the CM-SRS.1
immediately, on the CM-SRS.2 after the set tripping delay TV. If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold
value plus resp. minus the adjusted hysteresis, the output relay(s) de-energize(s). The hysteresis is adjustable within a range of
3-30 % of the threshold value.
Threshold
Hysteresis
Measured value
TS
open
< TV
TV
A1-A2
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold
Open-circuit principle
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
closed
closed
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
green LED
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
Overcurrent monitoring b with latching f
A1-A2
Reset
Threshold
Hysteresis
Measured value
open
TS
TV
TS
< TV
Undercurrent monitoring b with latching f
A1-A2
Hysteresis
Threshold
Open-circuit principle
open
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
TS
TV
TS
< TV
green LED
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
closed
Reset
Measured value
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
Closed-circuit principle
< TV
green LED
green LED
Open-circuit principle
TV
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
Closed-circuit principle
TS
open
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
2CDC 252 215 F0205
Open-circuit principle
Undercurrent monitoring a without latching e
2CDC 252 213 F0205
A1-A2
2CDC 252 212 F0205
Function diagrams - CM-SRS.M
Overcurrent monitoring b without latching e
2CDC 252 214 F0205
2
A1-A2
2CDC 252 210 F0205
A1-A2
Threshold
Hysteresis
Closed-circuit principle
closed
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
green LED
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold value before the set start-up delay TS is complete, the
output relays do not change their actual state. If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold value
when TS is complete, the tripping delay TV starts. If TV is complete and the measured value is still exceeding resp. below the
threshold value plus resp. minus the set hysteresis, the output relays energize h / de-energize g.
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value minus resp. plus the set hysteresis and the latching function is not activated e, the output relays de-energize h / energize g. With activated latching function f the output relays
remain energized h and de-energize only, when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-energized g
and energize only, when the supply voltage is switched off and then again switched on = Reset.
The hysteresis is adjustable within a range of 3-30 % of the threshold value.
2/17 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Function diagrams
Function diagrams - CM-SFS.2
Current window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j
ON-delayed A without latching f
TS
Hysteresis
Thresholdmin
TV
< TV
Thresholdmax
Hysteresis
Measured value
Hysteresis
Thresholdmin
Open-circuit principle
TV
2
open
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
open
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
green LED
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
TV
TS
2CDC 252 217 F0205
Measured value
2CDC 252 216 F0205
A1-A2
A1-A2
Thresholdmax
Hysteresis
Open-circuit principle
Current window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j
OFF-delayed B without latching e
Closed-circuit principle
closed
closed
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
green LED
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
Further function diagrams see data sheet.
ON-delayed A current window monitoring with parallel
switching c/o contacts j:
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted
threshold value before the set start-up delay TS is complete,
the output relays do not change their actual state.
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted
threshold value when TS is complete, the tripping delay TV
starts, when A is configured. If TV is complete and the measured value is still exceeding resp. below the threshold value
minus resp. plus the fixed hysteresis (5%), the output relays
energize h /de-energize g.
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value plus resp. minus the hysteresis and the latching
function is not activated f, the output relays de-energize h
/ energize g. With activated latching function e the output
relays remain energized h and de-energize only, when the
supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain deenergized g and energize only, when the supply voltage is
switched off and then again switched on = Reset.
OFF-delayed B current window monitoring with parallel
switching c/o contacts j:
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted
threshold value when the set start-up delay TS is complete,
the output relays energize h / de-energize g, when B is
configured, and remain in this position during the set tripping
delay TV. If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the
threshold value plus resp. minus the fixed hysteresis (5%) and
the latching function is not activated e, the tripping delay TV
starts. After completion of TV, the output relays de-energize
h / energize g, provided that the latching function is not
activated e. With activated latching function f the output relays remain energized h and de-energize only, when
the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain
de-energized g and energize only, when the supply voltage
is switched off and then again switched on = Reset. When
i is adjusted on the device, the functionality is equivalent
to the one described above. There is only to consider that in
this case, instead of both output relays, only one output relay
each will be switched.
“>I“ = 1115-1216/1418 ; “<I“ = 2125-2226/2428
Function diagrams - CM-ESS.1
Overvoltage monitoring d
Function diagrams - CM-ESS.2
Overvoltage monitoring d
Hysteresis
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
Threshold
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
2CDC 252 209 F0205
Undervoltage monitoring c
Hysteresis
Undervoltage monitoring c
A1-A2
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
green LED
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
red LED
green LED
yellow LED
< TV
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
red LED
A1-A2
TV
Measured value
green LED
Measured value
2CDC 252 210 F0205
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
Threshold
TV
< TV
2CDC 252 211 F0205
Hysteresis
Measured value
A1-A2
2CDC 252 208 F0205
A1-A2
Threshold
red LED
yellow LED
Depending on the configuration, the voltage monitoring relays CM-ESS.1 and CM-ESS.2 can be used for over- d or undervoltage monitoring c in single-phase AC and/or DC systems. The voltage to be monitored (measured value) is applied to terminals
B-C. The devices work according the open-circuit principle. If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted
threshold value, the output relay(s) energize(s): on the CM-ESS.1 immediately, on the CM-ESS.2 after the set tripping delay
T V. If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value plus resp. minus the adjusted hysteresis, the output
relay(s) de-energize(s). The hysteresis is adjustable within a range of 3-30 % of the threshold value.
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/18
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Function diagrams
Hysteresis
Measured value
< TV
open
< TV
TV
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold
Open-circuit principle
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
red LED
yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
closed
closed
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
green LED
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
A1-A2
Reset
Threshold
Hysteresis
Measured value
< TV
open
< TV
TV
2CDC 252 230 F0205
Overvoltage monitoring d with latching f
Open-circuit principle
Undervoltage monitoring c without latching f
A1-A2
Reset
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold
Open-circuit principle
open
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
< TV
TV
< TV
green LED
green LED
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
< TV
TV
green LED
red LED
yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
< TV
open
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
2CDC 252 231 F0205
Open-circuit principle
Closed-circuit principle
closed
closed
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
green LED
red LED
red LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold value, the tripping delay TV starts. If TV is complete
and the measured value is still exceeding resp. below the threshold value plus resp. minus the set hysteresis, the output relays
energize h / de-energize g.
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value plus resp. minus the set hysteresis and the latching function is not activated e, the output relays de-energize h / energize g. With activated latching function f the output relays
remain energized h and de-energize only, when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-energized g
and energize only, when the supply voltage is switched off and then again switched on = Reset. The hysteresis is adjustable
within a range of 3-30 % of the threshold value.
Further function diagrams see data sheet.
Voltage window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j
ON-delayed A without latching e
2CDC 252 232 F0205
A1-A2
Thresholdmax
Hysteresis
Measured value
Hysteresis
Thresholdmin
Open-circuit principle
< TV
TV
< TV
open
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
red LED
yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
closed
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
red LED
yellow LED
ON-delayed A voltage window monitoring with parallel switching c/o contacts j:
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold value, the tripping delay TV starts, when A is configured. If TV is complete and the measured value is still exceeding
resp. below the threshold value minus resp. plus the fixed hysteresis (5%), the output relays
energize h /de-energize g.
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value plus resp. minus the
hysteresis and the latching function is not activated e, the output relays de-energize h /
energize g. With activated latching function e the output relays remain energized h and
de-energize only, when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-energized g and energize only, when the supply voltage is switched off and then again switched
on = Reset.
Voltage window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j
OFF-delayed B without latching e
A1-A2
Thresholdmax
Hysteresis
Measured value
Hysteresis
Thresholdmin
Open-circuit principle
open
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
red LED
yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
closed
11-14 (15-18)
11-12 (15-16)
21-24 (25-28)
21-22 (25-26)
green LED
red LED
yellow LED
TV
TV
2CDC 252 233 F0205
2
Undervoltage monitoring c without latching e
A1-A2
2CDC 252 228 F0205
A1-A2
Threshold
2CDC 252 229 F0205
Function diagrams - CM-ESS.M
Overvoltage monitoring d without latching e
OFF-delayed B voltage window monitoring with parallel switching c/o contacts j:
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the adjusted threshold value, the output
relays energize h / de-energize g, when B is configured, and remain in this position during
the set tripping delay TV.
If the measured value exceeds resp. drops below the threshold value plus resp. minus the
fixed hysteresis (5%) and the latching function is not activated e, the tripping delay TV starts.
After completion of TV, the output relays de-energize h / energize g, provided that the latching function is not activated e. With activated latching function e the output relays remain
energized h and de-energize only, when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays
remain de-energized g and energize only, when the supply voltage is switched off and then
again switched on = Reset.
When i is adjusted on the device, the functionality is equivalent to the one described above.
There is only to consider that in this case, instead of both output relays, only one output relay
each will be switched.
“>U“ = 1115-1216/1418 ; “<U“ = 2125-2226/2428
2/19 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Connection diagrams, DIP switches
1115
C
1216
A1-A2
B1-C
B2-C
B3-C
1115 -1216/1418
2125 -22 26/2428
B1 B2 B3 1115
2125
C
A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428
1418
2428
A2
2125
B3
1216
2226
1
C
A2
ON
OFF
Undercurrent monitoring
Overcurrent monitoring
OFF = Default
Control supply voltage
Measuring range 1: 3-30 mA or 0.3-1.5 A
Measuring range 2: 10-100 mA or 1-5 A
Measuring range 3: 0.1-1 A or 3-15 A
Output contacts - open-circuit principle
1115
B2
B1 B2 B3 1115
2125
B3
2125
C
A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428
1418
2428
1216
2226
2CDC 252 205 F0005
Connection diagram CM-SRS.M
A1
B1
A1-A2
B1-C
B2-C
B3-C
1115 -1216/1418
2125 -22 26/2428
DIP switch functions CM-SRS.M
Control supply voltage
Measuring range 1: 3-30 mA or 0.3-1.5 A
Measuring range 2: 10-100 mA or 1-5 A
Measuring range 3: 0.1-1 A or 3-15 A
Output contacts - open- or
closed circuit principle
C
A2
1115
B2
B1 B2 B3 1115
2125
B3
2125
C
A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428
1418
2428
1216
2226
2CDC 252 205 F0005
Connection diagram CM-SFS.2
A1
B1
A1-A2
Control supply voltage
B1-C
Measuring range 1: 3-30 mA or 0.3-1.5 A
B2-C
Measuring range 2: 10-100 mA or 1-5 A
B3-C
Measuring range 3: 0.1-1 A or 3-15 A
1115 -1216/1418
2125 -22 26/2428
Output contacts - open- or
closed circuit principle
C
A2
1115
2125
2125
C
A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428
1418
2428
1216
2226
C
A2
2CDC 252 207 F0005
B
1115
A1-A2
B-C
1115 -1216/1418
2125 -22 26/2428
Position
4
3
2
1
closed
ON
I
OFF
open
I
1
ON
Undercurrent monitoring
OFF Overcurrent monitoring
2 ON
Closed-circuit principle
OFF Open-circuit principle
3 ON
Latching function activated
OFF Latching function not activated
OFF = Default
DIP switch function CM-SFS.2
Connection diagram CM-ESS.M
A1
B
2
2CDC 252 273 F0005
1418
1216 1418
1115
B2
Position
4
ON
2x1 c/o
OFF
1x2 c/o
3
2
1
closed
open
2CDC 252 274 F0005
A1 A2
A1
B1
1
ON
OFF-delay
OFF ON-delay
2 ON
Closed-circuit principle
OFF Open-circuit principle
3 ON
Latching function activated
OFF Latching function not activated
4 ON
2x1 c/o contact
OFF 1x2 c/o contacts
OFF = Default
DIP switch functions CM-ESS.M
Control supply voltage
Measuring ranges AC/DC:
3-30 V; 6-60 V
30-300 V; 60-600 V
Output contacts - open- or
closed circuit principle
Position
ON
OFF
4
3
2
1
closed
V
open
V
2CDC 252 276 F0005
B1 B2 B3
C
B3
2CDC 252 272 F0005
1115
B2
DIP switch functions CM-SRS.1, CM-SRS.2
2CDC 252 205 F0005
A1
B1
2CDC 252 204 F0005
Connection diagram CM-SRS.1, CM-SRS.2
1
ON
Undervoltage monitoring
OFF Overvoltage monitoring
2 ON
Closed-circuit principle
OFF Open-circuit principle
3 ON
Latching function activated
OFF Latching function not activated
OFF = Default
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/20
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Connection diagrams, DIP switches
1115
C
1418
1216 1418
1216
B
1115
1115
2125
2125
C
A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428
1418
2428
A2
1216
2226
C
A2
A1-A2
B-C
Control supply voltage
1115 -1216/1418
2125 -22 26/2428
Output contacts - open-circuit principle
B
1115
1115
2125
2125
C
A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428
1418
2428
ON
OFF
Undervoltage monitoring
Overvoltage monitoring
OFF = Default
Measuring ranges AC/DC:
3-30 V; 6-60 V; 30-300 V; 60-600 V
DIP switch functions CM-EFS.2
Connection diagram CM-EFS.2
A1
B
1
1216
2226
A1-A2
B-C
Control supply voltage
1115 -1216/1418
2125 -22 26/2428
Output contacts - openor closed circuit principle
Position
4
ON
2x1 c/o
OFF
1x2 c/o
Measuring ranges AC/DC:
3-30 V; 6-60 V; 30-300 V;
60-600 V
C
A2
2/21 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
1
3
2
closed
open
1
2CDC 252 274 F0005
A1 A2
A1
B
2CDC 252 275 F0005
B
C
2CDC 252 207 F0005
2
1115
2CDC 252 206 F0005
A1
B
DIP switch functions CM-ESS.1, CM-ESS.2
2CDC 252 207 F0005
Connection diagram CM-ESS.1, CM-ESS.2
ON
ON-delay
OFF OFF-delay
2 ON
Closed-circuit principle
OFF Open-circuit principle
3 ON
Latching function activated
OFF Latching function not activated
4 ON
2x1 c/o contact
OFF 1x2 c/o contacts
OFF = Default
Current monitoring relays, single-phase
Technical data - Current monitoring relays
Type
CM-SRS.1
Input circuit - Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage U s
CM-SRS.2
CM-SRS.M
CM-SFS.2
A1-A2
A1-A2 110-130 V AC
A1-A2 220-240 V AC
2
A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC
Rated control supply voltage U s tolerance
Rated frequency
-15...+10 %
AC versions 50/60 Hz
AC/DC versions 50/60 Hz or DC
Current / power consumption
see data sheets
Power failure buffering time
20 ms
Transient overvoltage protection
Varistors
Input circuit - Measuring circuit
Monitoring function
Measuring method
B1/B2/B3-C
over- or undercurrent monitoring
configurable
True RMS measuring principle
Measuring inputs
over- and undercurrent monitoring
CM-SxS.x1
Terminal connection
Measuring ranges AC/DC
Input resistance
Pulse overload capacity t < 1 s
Continous capacity
Threshold value(s)
Setting accuracy of threshold value
Hysteresis related to the threshold value
Measuring signal frequency range
Rated measuring signal frequency range
Maximum response time
Accuracy within the control supply voltage tolerance
Accuracy within the temperature range
Timing circuit
Start-up delay T S
Tripping delay T V
CM-SxS.x2
B1-C
B2-C
B3-C
B1-C
3-30 mA
10-100 mA
0.1-1 A
0.3-1.5 A
3.3 q
1q
0.1 q
0.05 q
500 mA
1A
10 A
15 A
50 mA
150 mA
1.5 A
2A
adjustable within the indicated measuring range
10 %
3-30 % adjustable
DC / 15 Hz - 2 kHz
DC / 50-60 Hz
AC: 80 ms / DC: 120 ms
U m 0.5 %
U m 0.06 % / °C
none
B2-C
1-5 A
0.01 q
50 A
7A
B3-C
3-15 A 2)
0.0025 q
100 A
17 A
5 % fixed
0 or 0.1-30 s adjustable
none
0 or 0.1-30 s adjustable
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters)
w0.07 % of full scale
Accuracy within the control supply voltage tolerance
t m 0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range
t m 0.06 % / °C
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage
U/T: green LED V : control supply voltage applied,
X : start-up delay T S active,
W : tripping delay T V active
Measured value
I: red LED V : overcurrent,
W : undercurrent
Relay status
R: yellow LED V : relay energized, no latching function
Z : relay energized, active latching function
Y : relay de-energized, active latching function
Output circuits
11(15)-12(16)/14(18), 21(25)-22(26)/24(28) - Relays
Kind of output
1 c/o contact
2 c/o contacts
1x2 c/o contacts
or 2x1 c/o contact
configurable
Operating principle
open-circuit principle 1)
open- or closed-circuit principle configurable 1)
Contact material
AgNi
Rated operational voltage U e
IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current
Maximum switching voltage / maximum switching current
Rated o
­ perational current I e
AC-12 (resistive) at 230 V
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
AC-15 (inductive) at 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) at 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) at 24 V
AC rating
Utilization category
(UL 508)
(Control Circuit Rating Code)
max. rated operational voltage
max. continuous thermal current at B 300
max. making/breaking apparent power
(Make/Break) at B 300
Mechanical lifetime
Electrical lifetime (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A)
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit
n/c contact
protection
n/o contact
24 V / 10 mA
250 V AC / 4 A AC
4A
3A
4A
2A
B 300
300 V AC
5A
3600/360 VA
30x10 6 switching cycles
0.1x10 6 switching cycles
6 A fast-acting
10 A fast-acting
10 A fast-acting
6 A fast-acting
Open-circuit principle: output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds b / falls below a the adjusted threshold value
Closed-circuit principle: output relay de-energizes if measured value exeeds b / falls below a the adjusted threshold value
2)
In case of measured currents > 10 A, lateral spacing has to be min. 10 mm
1)
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/22
Current monitoring relays, single-phase
Technical data - Current monitoring relays
Type
2
CM-SRS.1
General data
MTBF
Duty time
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
CM-SRS.2
CM-SRS.M
CM-SFS.2
on request
100%
product dimensions 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
packaging dimensions 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
Weight
net weight depending on device, see ordering details
gross weight depending on device, see ordering details
Mounting
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position
any
Minimum distance to other units
Material of housing
Degree of protection
Electrical connection
Wire size
Stripping length
10 mm (0.39 in) at measured current > 10 A
UL 94 V-0
housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Screw connection technology
fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 1
2
rigid 1
2
8
Tightening torque
x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG)
x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG)
x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
mm (0.32 in)
0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
Environmental data
Ambient temperature range
Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
-
operation / -20...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
storage
55 °C, 6 cycles
Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30)
Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1)
Class 2
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2)
Class 2
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage
(VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60255-5)
2)
supply / 600 V
measuring c
­ ircuit / output
supply / output 1/2 250 V
Rated impulse withstand
supply /measuring 6 kV 1.2/50 µs
circuit / output
voltage U imp (IEC/EN 60947-1,
supply / output 1/2 4 kV 1.2/50 µs
IEC/EN 60255-5)
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC/EN 60255-5)
3
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC/EN 60255-5)
III
Standards
Product standard
IEC/EN 60255-1, IEC/EN 60255-27, EN 50178
Low Voltage Directive
2006/95/EC
EMC Directive
2004/108/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to
IEC/EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3
radiated, radio-frequency,
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient / burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3
conducted disturbances, induced by
radio-frequency fields
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3
Interference emission
IEC/EN 61000-6-3
high-frequency radiated
IEC/CISPR 22; EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted
IEC/CISPR 22; EN 55022 Class B
2/23 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Technical data - Voltage monitoring relays
Type
CM-ESS.1
Input circuit - Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage U s
Current / power consumption
Power failure buffering time
Transient overvoltage protection
Input circuit - Measuring circuit
Monitoring function
Measuring method
Measuring
inputs
2
AC versions 50/60 Hz
AC/DC versions 50/60 Hz or DC
see data sheet
20 ms
Varistors
B-C
over- or undervoltage monitoring
configurable
Terminal connection
Measuring range AC/DC
Input resistance
Pulse overload capacity t < 1 s
Continous capacity
CM-ExS
B-C
B-C
B-C
3-30 V
6-60 V
30-300 V
600 kq
600 kq
600 kq
800 V
800 V
800 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
adjustable within the indicated measuring range
10 %
3-30 % adjustable
DC / 15 Hz - 2 kHz
DC / 50-60 Hz
AC: 80 ms / DC: 120 ms
U m 0.5 %
U m 0.06 % / °C
Varistors
none
B-C
60-600 V
600 kq
800 V
660 V
5 % fixed
0 or 0.1-30 s adjustable
w0.07 % of full scale
t m 0.5 %
t m 0.06 % / °C
V:
W:
U: red LED V :
W:
R: yellow LED V :
Z:
Y:
control supply voltage applied
tripping delay T V active
overvoltage,
undervoltage
relay energized, no latching function
relay energized, active latching function
relay de-energized, active latching function
Output circuits
Kind of output
1 c/o contact
2 c/o contacts
Operating principle
open-circuit principle
1)
Contact material
Rated operational voltage U e
over- and
undervoltage
monitoring
configurable
True RMS measuring principle
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters)
Accuracy within the control supply voltage tolerance
Accuracy within the temperature range
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage
U/T: green LED
Relay status
CM-EFS.2
A1-A2 110-130 V AC
A1-A2 220-240 V AC
A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC
-15...+10 %
Threshold value(s)
Setting accuracy of threshold value
Hysteresis related to the threshold value
Measuring signal frequency range
Rated measuring signal frequency range
Maximum response time
Accuracy within the control supply voltage tolerance
Accuracy within the temperature range
Transient overvoltage protection
Timing circuit
Delay time T V
Measured value
CM-ESS.M
A1-A2
Rated control supply voltage U s tolerance
Rated frequency
CM-ESS.2
1x2 c/o contacts or
2x1 c/o contact
configurable
open- or closed-circuit principle
configurable 1)
AgNi
IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current
Maximum switching voltage / maximum switching current
Rated o
­ perational current
AC-12 (resistive) at 230 V
I e (IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
AC-15 (inductive) at 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) at 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) at 24 V
AC rating
Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code)
(UL 508)
max. rated operational voltage
max. continuous thermal current at B 300
max. making/breaking apparent power
(Make/Break) at B 300
Mechanical lifetime
Electrical lifetime
AC-12, 230 V, 4 A
Max. fuse rating to achieve shortn/c contact
circuit protection
n/o contact
24 V / 10 mA
250 V AC / 4 A AC
4A
3A
4A
2A
B 300
300 V AC
5A
3600/360 VA
30x10 6 switching cycles
0.1x10 6 switching cycles
6 A fast-acting
10 A fast-acting
10 A fast-acting
6 A fast-acting
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/24
Voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Technical data - Voltage monitoring relays
Type
General data
2
CM-ESS.1
MTBF
Duty time
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Mounting
Mounting position
Minimum distance to other units
Material of housing
Degree of protection
Environmental data
product dimensions
packaging dimensions
net weight
gross weight
Ambient temperature ranges
Damp heat, cyclic (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
Vibration, sinusoidal (IEC/EN 60255-21-1)
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2)
Electrical connection
Wire size
Stripping length
Tightening torque
Isolation data
vertical / horizontal
housing / terminals
CM-ESS.2
CM-EFS.2
on request
100%
22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
depending on device, see ordering details
depending on device, see ordering details
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
any
not necessary / not necessary
UL 94 V-0
IP50 / IP20
operation -20...+60 °C
storage -40...+85 °C
55 °C, 6 cycle
Class 2
Class 2
Screw connection technology
fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
8 mm (0.32 in)
0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
Rated insulation voltage
(VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1, IEC/EN
60255-5)
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60255-5)
supply / measuring
circuit / output
supply / output 1/2
supply / measuring
circuit / output
supply / output 1/2
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC/EN 60255-5)
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC/EN 60255-5)
Standards
Product standard
Low Voltage Directive
EMC Directive
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to
electrostatic discharge
radiated, radio-frequency,
electromagnetic field
CM-ESS.M
Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
-
600 V
250 V
6 kV 1.2/50 µs
4 kV 1.2/50 µs
3
III
IEC/EN 60255-1, IEC/EN 60255-27, EN 50178
2006/95/EC
2004/108/EC
IEC/EN 61000-6-2
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3
electrical fast transient / burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-4
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5
conducted disturbances, induced by
IEC/EN 61000-4-6
radio-frequency fields
Interference emission
high-frequency radiated
IEC/CISPR 22; EN 55022
high-frequency conducted
IEC/CISPR 22; EN 55022
Level 3
Level 3
Level 3
IEC/EN 61000-6-3
Class B
Class B
1) Open-circuit principle: output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds d / falls below c the adjusted threshold value
Closed-circuit principle: output relay de-energizes if measured value exeeds d / falls below c the adjusted threshold value
2/25 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Current and voltage monitoring relays, single-phase
Notes
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/26
Three-phase monitoring relays
Product group picture
2
2/27 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Three-phase monitoring relays
Table of contents
Three-phase monitoring relays
Benefits and advantages, Applications
2/29
Operating controls
2/30
Selection table singlefunctional
2/31
Selection table multifunctional
2/32
Ordering details - Singlefunctional
2/33
Ordering details - Multifunctional
2/34
Function diagrams
2/35
Connection diagrams
2/39
DIP switches, Rotary switches
2/40
Technical data
2/41
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/28
2
Three-phase monitoring relays
Benefits and advantages, Applications
2
Characteristics of the CM range three-phase monitors
–– Adjustable phase unbalance threshold value 1)
– – Adjustable ON-delay/OFF-delay time 1)
– – D ual frequency measuring 50/60 Hz
– – Powered by the measuring circuit
– – 1 n/o contact, 1 or 2 c/o contacts
– – L EDs for the indication of operational states
– – Multifunctional and single-functional devices
– – Phase failure detection
– – Phase sequence monitoring 1)
– – O ver- and undervoltage monitoring (fixed or adjustable)1)
–– W ide-range operating voltage guarantees world-wide operation
–– Approvals / Marks
AC RK E
1)
2)
2)
/
a b
depending on device type
Applicable in rail application following the latest standards for rail applications: NF
F 16-101/102 (I2/F2 classified), EN 45545 (Hazard Level 3), DIN 5510, EN 50155,
IEC 60571. Further information is available in our rail segment brochure
2CDC110084B0201.
Phase unbalance monitoring
If the supply by the three-phase system is unbalanced due to
uneven distribution of the load, the motor will convert a part of
the energy into reactive power. This energy gets lost unexploited; also the motor is exposed to higher thermal stress.
Other thermal protection devices fail to dete ct continuing
unbalances which can lead to damage or destruction of the
motor. The CM range three-phase monitors with phase unbalance monitoring can reliably detect this critical situation.
Phase sequence
Changing the phase sequence during operation or a wrong
phase sequence prior to startup causes a change of the rotational direction of the connected device. Generators, pumps
or fans rotate in the wrong direction and the installation is no
longer working properly. Especially for moveable equipment,
such as construction machinery, phase sequence detection
prior to the startup process is highly reasonable.
Phase loss
In case of phase loss, undefined stats of the installation are
likely to occur. E.g. the startup process of motors is disturbed.
All three-phase monitors of the ABB CM range detect a phase
loss as soon as the voltage of one phase drops below 60% of
its nominal value.
Extended functionality
ABB’s new generation of three-phase monitoring relays feature
­additional functions making the application field for the devices ­considerably larger.
Selectable phase sequence monitoring
The phase sequence monitoring can be switched off by
means of a rotary switch or a DIP switch. This enables monitoring of three-phase mains where phase sequence is not
relevant for the ­application, for example in case of motors with
forward and reverse rotation, heating applications, etc.
Automatic phase sequence correction
The automatic phase sequence correction is activated by
means of a DIP switch. With activated phase sequence
correction, it is ­ensured that for any non-fixed or portable
equipment, e.g. ­construction ­machinery, the correct phase
sequence is always applied to the ­input terminals of the load.
For details regarding the wiring, please see function description / diagrams.
Structure of the type designation
CM-_ _ x.yz
x: width of enclosure
y: Control supply voltage / measuring range
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
110, 115, 120, 127 V supply systems (phaseneutral)
220, 230, 240 V supply systems (phase-neutral)
200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 257, 260 V supply systems (phase-phase)
440, 460 V supply systems (phase-phase)
480, 500 V supply systems (phase-phase)
575, 600 V supply systems (phase-phase)
660, 690 V supply systems (phase-phase)
200, 400 V supply systems (phase-phase)
z: Rated frequency / output circuit
1
2
3
Voltage monitoring
All electric devices can be damaged when operated continuously in a network with out-of-range voltages. For example,
safe starting is not ensured in case of undervoltage. Also,
the switching state of a contactor is not clearly defined when
operated in a „forbidden“ voltage range. This can lead to undefined states of the installtion and cause damage or destruction of valuable parts.
2/29 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
50/60 Hz – 1x2 c/o
50/60 Hz – 1x2 or 2x1 c/o
50/60/400 Hz – 1x2 oder 2x1 c/o
Three-phase monitoring relays
Operating controls
S-Range Housing
1 Adjustment of the hysteresis >U for overvoltage
2 Adjustment of the threshold value <U for undervoltage
3 Indication of operational states
1
R/T: red LED – Relay status / timing
F1: yellow LED – Fault message
F2: yellow LED – Fault message
4 Adjustment of the threshold value Asym. for phase unbalance
2
5 Adjustment of the tripping delay Tv
6 DIP switches (see DIP switch functions on page 2/40)
A ON-delay
B OFF-delay
l Phase sequence monitoring deactivated
k Phase sequence monitoring activated
m Phase sequence correction activated
n Phase sequence correction deactivated
i 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact
j 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
3
4
2CDC 253 017 F0013
5
N-Range Housing
1 Adjustment of the hysteresis >U for overvoltage
2 Adjustment of the threshold value Asym. for phase unbalance
3 Indication of operational states
1
R/T: red LED – Relay status / timing
F1: yellow LED – Fault message
F2: yellow LED – Fault message
4 Adjustment of the tripping delay Tv
2
3
4
5
6 DIP switches (see DIP switch functions on page 2/40)
A ON-delay
B OFF-delay
l Phase sequence monitoring deactivated
k Phase sequence monitoring activated
m Phase sequence correction activated
n Phase sequence correction deactivated
i 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact
j 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
2CDC 253 016 F0013
6
5 Adjustment of the hysteresis <U for undervoltage
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/30
2
Three-phase monitoring relays
Selection table singlefunctional
1SVR740774R3300
1SVR730794R3300
CM-PVS.41S
1SVR730774R3300
1SVR730794R1300
CM-PVS.31S
CM-PAS.41P
1SVR740784R3300
CM-PSS.41P
CM-PAS.41S
1SVR730784R3300
CM-PSS.41S
1SVR740774R1300
1SVR740784R2300
CM-PSS.31P
1SVR730774R1300
1SVR730784R2300
CM-PSS.31S
CM-PAS.31P
1SVR740824R9300
CM-PFS.P
CM-PAS.31S
1SVR730824R9300
CM-PFS.S
1SVR740794R2300
1SVR550824R9100
CM-PFE
CM-PVS.81P
1SVR550871R9500
CM-PVE
1SVR730794R2300
1SVR550870R9400
CM-PVE
50/60 Hz
1SVR740794R3300
1SVR550882R9500
CM-PBE
Phase to Phase
160-300 V AC
200-400 V AC
200-500 V AC
208-440 V AC
300-500 V AC
320-460 V AC
350-580 V AC
380 V AC
380-440 V AC
400 V AC
Phase to Neutral
185-265 V AC
220-240 V AC
Rated frequency
CM-PVS.81S
1SVR550881R9400
CM-PBE
Rated control supply voltage Us
CM-PVS.41P
Order number
Type
2
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Suitable for monitoring
Single-phase mains
J
Three-phase mains
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J sel sel sel sel sel sel sel sel sel J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Monitoring function
Phase failure
Phase sequence
Automatic phase sequence correction
Overvoltage
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Undervoltage
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Unbalance
Neutral
1)
Thresholds
J
J
fix fix fix fix fix fix fix fix fix fix fix fix adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
Timing functions for tripping delay
ON delay
On and OFF delay
fix fix
fix fix fix fix fix
sel sel sel sel
adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
Connection type
Push-in terminals
Double-chamber cage connection
terminals
1)
J
J
The external conductor voltage towards the neutral conductor is measured.
2/31 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
adj: adjustable
sel: selectable
Three-phase monitoring relays
Selection table multifunctional
J
1SVR750489R8300
1SVR760489R8300
CM-MPN.72P
1SVR750487R8300
CM-MPN.52S
1SVR760488R8300
1SVR740884R4300
CM-MPS.43P
CM-MPN.72S
1SVR730884R4300
CM-MPS.43S
CM-MPN.62P
1SVR740885R4300
CM-MPS.23P
1SVR750488R8300
1SVR730885R4300
CM-MPS.23S
1SVR760487R8300
1SVR740884R3300
CM-MPS.41P
CM-MPN.62S
1SVR730884R3300
CM-MPS.41S
CM-MPN.52P
1SVR740884R1300
CM-MPS.31P
J
1SVR730884R1300
1SVR730885R3300
CM-MPS.21S
J
J
1SVR740885R3300
1SVR740885R1300
CM-MPS.11P
Phase to Phase
160-300 V AC
300-500 V AC
350-580 V AC
450-720 V AC
530-820 V AC
Phase to Neutral
90-170 V AC
180-280 V AC
Rated frequency
50/60 Hz
50/60/400 Hz
Suitable for monitoring
CM-MPS.31S
1SVR730885R1300
CM-MPS.11S
Rated control supply voltage Us
CM-MPS.21P
Order number
Type
2
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Single-phase mains
J
J
J
J
Three-phase mains
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Monitoring function
Phase failure
Phase sequence
sel sel sel sel sel sel
sel sel adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
Automatic phase sequence correction
adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
J J J J J J J J J J
Overvoltage
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Undervoltage
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Unbalance
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Neutral
J2) J2) J2) J2)
1)
Thresholds
J2) J2)
adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
Timing functions for tripping delay
On and OFF delay
adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj adj
Connection type
Push-in terminals
Double-chamber cage connection
terminals
1)
2)
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
The external conductor voltage towards the neutral conductor is measured.
Interrupted neutral monitoring
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
adj: adjustable
sel: selectable
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/32
Three-phase monitoring relays
Ordering details - Singlefunctional
Description
Only reliable and continuous monitoring of a three-phase network guarantees the trouble-free
and economic operation of machines and installations.
2
Ordering details
Rated control supply Monitoring
voltage = measuring function
voltage
3x380-440 V AC,
220‑240 V C
3x380-440 V AC
3x320-460 V AC,
185-265 V AC
2CDC 251 064 V0011
3x320-460 V AC
3x208-440 V AC
CM-PBE
Phase failure
detection
(Single- and
three-phase)
Over- / undervoltage and
phase failure
detection
(Single- and
three-phase)
Neutral
monitoring
n
n
Phase sequence
monitoring and
phase failure
detection (Threephase)
Type
Order code
Price
1 pce
Weight
(1 pce)
kg (lb)
CM-PBE 1)
1SVR550881R9400
0.08 (0.17)
CM-PBE
1SVR550882R9500
0.08 (0.17)
CM-PVE 1)
1SVR550870R9400
0.08 (0.17)
CM-PVE
1SVR550871R9500
0.08 (0.17)
CM-PFE 2)
1SVR550824R9100
0.08 (0.17)
Type
Order code
Ordering details
Rated control
supply voltage =
measuring voltage
2CDC 251 064 V0011
3x200-500 V AC
Monitoring function
1 pce
Phase sequence monitoring
and phase failure detection
(Three-phase)
3x380 V AC
Over- / undervoltage with
fixed threshold values
± 10 %
3x400 V AC
CM-PSS.41P
3x160-300 V AC
3x300-500 V AC
Over- and undervoltage
with adjustable threshold
values (Three-phase)
2CDC 251 063 V0011
3x200-400 V AC
CM-PAS.31P
3x160-300 V AC
Phase unbalance (Threephase)
3x300-500 V AC
1)
2)
Price
Weight
(1 pce)
kg (lb)
CM-PFS.S
1SVR730824R9300
0.127 (0.280)
CM-PFS.P
1SVR740824R9300
0.119 (0.262)
CM-PSS.31S
1SVR730784R2300
0.132 (0.291)
CM-PSS.31P
1SVR740784R2300
0.123 (0.271)
CM-PSS.41S
1SVR730784R3300
0.132 (0.291)
CM-PSS.41P
1SVR740784R3300
0.123 (0.271)
CM-PVS.31S
1SVR730794R1300
0.141 (0.311)
CM-PVS.31P
1SVR740794R1300
0.132 (0.291)
CM-PVS.41S
1SVR730794R3300
0.139 (0.306)
CM-PVS.41P
1SVR740794R3300
0.131 (0.289)
CM-PVS.81S
1SVR730794R2300
0.136 (0.300)
CM-PVS.81P
1SVR740794R2300
0.128 (0.282)
CM-PAS.31S
1SVR730774R1300
0.133 (0.293)
CM-PAS.31P
1SVR740774R1300
0.124 (0.273)
CM-PAS.41S
1SVR730774R3300
0.132 (0.291)
CM-PAS.41P
1SVR740774R3300
0.123 (0.271)
The version with neutral monitoring is also suitable for monitoring single-phase mains. For this, all three external conductors
(L1,L2,L3) have to be jumpered and connected as one single conductor.
For applications where a reverse fed voltage >60% is expected, we recommend to use our three-phase monitoring relays for
unbalance CM-PAS.xx
S: screw connection
P: push-in / easy connect
2/33 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Three-phase monitoring relays
Ordering details - Multifunctional
Ordering details
Rated control DIP
Monitoring
supply voltage switch function
= measuring
voltage
Neutral
Type
monitoring
90-170 V AC
2CDC 251 065 V0011
180-280 V AC
3x160-300 V AC
A
B
k
l
CM-MPS.23P
Multifunctional
(Three-phase
phase failure
detection,
Phase
sequence
monitoring,
overvoltage,
undervoltage,
Phase
unbalance)
n
3x300-500 V AC
180-280 V AC
3x300-500 V AC
A
B
k
l
m
n
i
j
2CDC 251 062 V0011
3x350-580 V AC
3x450-720 V AC
CM-MPN.52P
A
B
k
l
m
n
i
j
Order code
Price
1 pce
Weight
(1 pce)
kg (lb)
CM-MPS.11S
1SVR730885R1300
0.148 (0.326)
CM-MPS.11P
1SVR740885R1300
0.137 (0.302)
CM-MPS.21S
1SVR730885R3300
0.146 (0.322)
CM-MPS.21P
1SVR740885R3300
0.135 (0.298)
CM-MPS.31S
1SVR730884R1300
0.142 (0.313)
CM-MPS.31P
1SVR740884R1300
0.133 (0.293)
CM-MPS.41S
1SVR730884R3300
0.140 (0.309)
CM-MPS.41P
1SVR740884R3300
0.132 (0.291)
CM-MPS.23S
1SVR730885R4300
0.149 (0.328)
CM-MPS.23P
1SVR740885R4300
0.138 (0.304)
CM-MPS.43S
1SVR730884R4300
0.148 (0.327)
CM-MPS.43P
1SVR740884R4300
0.137 (0.302)
CM-MPN.52S
1SVR750487R8300
0.230 (0.507)
CM-MPN.52P
1SVR760487R8300
0.226 (0.498)
CM-MPN.62S
1SVR750488R8300
0.229 (0.505)
CM-MPN.62P
1SVR760488R8300
0.225 (0.496)
CM-MPN.72S
1SVR750489R8300
0.224 (0.494)
CM-MPN.72P
1SVR760489R8300
0.220 (0.485)
n
Multifunctional
(Three-phase
phase failure
detection,
Phase
sequence
monitoring,
overvoltage,
undervoltage,
Phase
unbalance)
3x530-820 V AC
A
B
k
l
m
n
i
j
ON-delayed
OFF-delayed
Phase sequence
monitoring activated
Phase sequence
monitoring deactivated
Phase sequence
correction activated
Phase sequence
correction deactivated
2x1 c/o (SPDT) contacts
1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
S: screw connection
P: push-in / easy connect
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/34
2
Three-phase monitoring relays
Function diagrams
L1, L2, L3, N
Measuring value
L1, L2, L3, N
L1, L2, N
t
s
L1, L2, L3, N
L2, L3, N
L1, L2, L3, N
L3
L1
t
N
<t
v
L1, L2 L1, L2, L3, N
L3
t
s
<t
s
v
13-14
R: yellow LED
L1, L2, L3
Measuring value
without
neutral
L1, L2, L3
L1, L2
L1, L2, L3
s
L1, L2, L3
L1, L2
L3
t
L1, L2
L3
t
L1, L2, L3
L3
<t
v
t
s
<t
s
v
13-14
R: yellow LED
2CDC 252 046 F0203
ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms
tv = Tripping delay fixed 150 ms
If all phases (and the neutral) are present, the output relay
energizes after the start-up delay ts is complete. If a phase
­failure occurs, the tripping delay tv starts. When timing is complete, the output relay de-energizes. As soon as the voltage
returns to the tolerance range, timing of ts starts. When timing
is complete, the ­output relay re-energizes automatically. The
yellow LED glows when the output relay is energized.
ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms
tv = Tripping delay fixed 150 ms
L1, L2, L3, N
with
neutral
Umax
Umax - 5 %
Measuring value
Umin + 5 %
Umin
ts
tv
<ts
ts
<tv
tv
ts
ts
<tv
tv
ts
2CDC 252 047 F0203
Function diagrams - Phase failure, under- / overvoltage detection CM-PVE
13-14
L1, L2, L3
without
neutral
Umax
Umax - 5 %
ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms
tv = Tripping delay fixed 500 ms
Measuring value
Umin + 5 %
Umin
ts
tv
<ts
2CDC 252 048 F0203
R: yellow LED
If all phases (and the neutral) are present with correct voltage,
the output relay energizes after the start-up delay ts is complete. If the voltage exceeds or falls below the fixed threshold
value or if a phase failure occurs, the tripping delay tv starts.
When timing is complete, the output relay de-energizes. As
soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range, timing of
ts starts. When timing is complete, the output relay re-energizes automatically. The yellow LED glows when the output
relay is energized.
13-14
R: yellow LED
ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms
tv = Tripping delay fixed 500 ms
L1, L2, L3
Measuring value
L1, L2, L3
t
s
L1, L3, L2
t
L1, L2, L3
t
v
L1, L2
t
s
v
L1, L2, L3
L3
t
s
11-14
11-12
2CDC 252 061 F0208
Function diagram - Phase failure detection, phase sequence monitoring CM-PFE
R: yellow LED
ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms
tv = Tripping delay fixed 500 ms
If all phases are present with the correct phase sequence, the
output relay energizes after the start-up delay ts is complete. If
a phase failure or a phase sequence error occurs, the tripping delay tv starts. When timing is complete, the output relay
de-energizes. The yellow LED glows when the output relay is
energized.
In case of motors which continue running with only two
phases, the CM-PFE detects phase failure if the reverse fed
voltage is less than 60 % of the originally applied voltage.
Function diagram - Phase failure detection, phase sequence monitoring CM-PFS
L1, L2, L3
Measuring value
L1, L2, L3
L1, L3, L2
L1, L2, L3
t
s
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
L1, L2
L3
L1, L2, L3
L1
L2, L3
L1, L2, L3
2CDC 252 013 F0208
2
with
neutral
2CDC 252 045 F0203
Function diagrams - Phase failure detection CM-PBE
R: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 500 ms
If all phases are present with the correct phase sequence, the
output relay energizes after the start-up delay ts is complete. If
a phase failure or a phase sequence error occurs, the output
relay de-energizes ­instantaneous. The yellow LED glows when
the output relay is energized.
In case of motors which continue running with only two
phases, the CM-PFS detects phase failure if the reverse fed
voltage is less than 60 % of the originally applied voltage.
ATTENTION
If several CM-PFS units are placed side by side and the control supply voltage is higher than 415 V, spacing of at least 10 mm has to be kept
between the individual units.
2/35 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Three-phase monitoring relays
Function diagrams
L1, L2, L3
Measuring value
L1, L2, L3
L1, L3, L2
L1, L2, L3
t
s
L1, L2
L1, L2, L3
L3
L1
L2, L3
15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26
L1, L2, L3
CM-MPS.11, CM-MPS.21, CM-MPS.23
Interrupted neutral monitoring
The interruption of the neutral in the main to be monitored is
detected by means of phase unbalance evaluation.
Determined by the system, in case of unloaded neutral, i.e.
­symmetrical load between all three phases, it may happen
that an interruption of the neutral will not be detected.
If the star point is displaced by asymmetrical load in the
three-phase main, an interrupted neutral will be detected.
2
Displacement of the star point
2CDC 252 094 F0207
CM-PSS.xx, CM-PVS.xx, CM.PAS.xx, CM-MPS.xx, CM-MPN.xx
Phase sequence monitoring and phase failure detection
Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay
tS. When tS is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage, the output relays energize and the yellow LED
R/T glows.
Phase sequence monitoring
If phase sequence monitoring is activated, the output relays
de-­e nergize as soon as a phase sequence error occurs. The
fault is displayed by alternated flashing of the LEDs F1 and
F2. The output relays re-energize automatically as soon as the
phase sequence is correct again.
Phase failure detection
The output relays de-energize instantaneous if a phase failure
­o ccurs. The fault is indicated by lightning of LED F1 and flashing of LED F2. The output relays re-energize automatically as
soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range.
F1: red LED
F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
L1, L2, L3
Measuring value
L1, L2, L3
t
S1
L1, L2
L1, L2, L3
L1, L3, L2
L3
t
S2
15-18
15-16
t
S1
t
S2
2CDC 252 085 F0207
K1
15
18
16
K1
15
18
25
K1
28
28
26
A1
K1
16
25
K1
A1
H1
K1
K2
A2
A2
26
A1
A1
K3
K2
K3
A2
N
H1
A2
N
Control circuit diagram
(K1 = CM-MPS.43 or CM-MPN.xx)
2CDC 252 087 F0b07
Control circuit diagram
(K1 = CM-MPS.23)
L1 L2 L3
1
3
5
2
4
6
-F1
-K2
1
3
5
2
4
6
1
5
4
3
2
6
-K3
-F2
25-28
25-26
L1
L2
L3
2CDC 253 009 F0014
L1
L2
L3
2CDC 253 008 F0014
CM-MPS.x3, CM-MPN.x2
Automatic phase sequence correction
This function can be selected only if phase sequence monitoring is activated k and operating mode 2x1 c/o (SPDT)
contact j is selected.
Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up
delay tS1. When tS1 is complete and all phases are present with
correct voltage, output relay R1 energizes. Output relay R2
energizes when the fixed start-up delay tS2 is complete and all
phases are present with correct phase sequence. Output relay
R2 remains de-energized if the phase sequence is incorrect.
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set
threshold values for phase unbalance, over- or undervoltage
or if a phase failure occurs, output relay R1 de-energizes and
the LEDs F1 and F2 indicate the fault.
Output relay R2 is responsive only to a false phase sequence.
In conjunction with a reversing contactor combination, this
enables an automatic correction of the rotation direction. See
circuit diagrams on the right.
F1: red LED
97
95
98
96
1
3
5
2
4
6
-M1
F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
tS1 = start-up delay of R1 fixed 250 ms
tS2 = start-up delay of R2 fixed 200 ms
W1
V1
U1
M
3~
Power circuit diagram
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/36
Three-phase monitoring relays
Function diagrams
ON-delay A, 1x2 c/o contacts j
2CDC 252 090 F0207
L1, L2, L3
>U
>U-5%
Measuring value
<U+5%
<U
ts
tv
<tv
tv
15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26
F1: red LED
F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay
L1, L2, L3
>U
>U-5%
Measuring value
<U+5%
<U
ts
<tv
tv
<tv
2CDC 252 091 F0207
OFF-delay B, 1x2 c/o contacts j
15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26
F1: red LED
F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay
ON-delay A, 2x1 c/o contact i
L1, L2, L3
2CDC 252 006 F0207
CM-MPS.x3, CM-MPN.x2
Over- and undervoltage monitoring i
Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up
delay tS. When tS is complete and all phases are present with
correct ­voltage and with correct phase sequence, the output
relays energize. The yellow LED R/T glows as long as at least
one output relay is e
­ nergized.
Type of tripping delay = ON-delay
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set
threshold value, output relay R1 (overvoltage) or output relay
R2 ­(undervoltage) de-energizes after the set tripping delay tV
is ­c omplete. The LED R/T flashes during timing.
The corresponding output relay re-energizes automatically as
soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range, taking into
­account a fixed hysteresis of 5 %.
Type of tripping delay = OFF-delay
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set
threshold value, output relay R1 (overvoltage) or output relay
R2 ­(undervoltage) de-energizes instantaneously.
As soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range, taking
into ­a ccount a fixed hysteresis of 5 %, the corresponding output relay re-energizes automatically after the set tripping delay
t V is complete. The LED R/T flashes during timing.
>U
>U-5%
Measuring value
<U+5%
<U
ts
tv
<tv
tv
15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26
F1: red LED
F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay
OFF-delay B, 2x1 c/o contact i
L1, L2, L3
>U
>U-5%
Measuring value
<U+5%
<U
ts
15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26
F1: red LED
F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay
2/37 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
tv
<tv
<tv
2CDC 252 007 F0207
2
CM-PSS.xx1), CM-PVS.xx2), CM-MPS.xx2), CM-MPN.xx2)
Over- and undervoltage monitoring j
Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up
delay tS. When tS is complete and all phases are present with
correct voltage and with correct phase sequence, the output
relays energize and the yellow LED R/T glows.
Type of tripping delay = ON-delay
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the
fixed1) or set2) threshold value, the output relays de-energize
after the set tripping delay tV is complete. The LED R/T flashes
during timing and turns off as soon as the output relays deenergize.
The output relays re-energize automatically as soon as the
voltage returns to the tolerance range, taking into account a
fixed hysteresis of 5 % and the LED R/T glows.
Type of tripping delay = OFF-delay
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the
fixed1) or set2) threshold value, the output relays de-energize
instantaneously and the LED R/T turns off.
As soon as the voltage returns to the ­t olerance range, taking into account a fixed hysteresis of 5 %, the output relays
re-energize a
­ utomatically after the set tripping delay tV is
complete. The LED R/T flashes during timing and turns steady
when timing is c
­ omplete.
Three-phase monitoring relays
Function diagrams
Type of tripping delay = OFF-delay
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set
phase unbalance threshold value, the output relays de-energize i­nstantaneously and the LED R/T turns off.
As soon as the voltage ­returns to the ­t olerance range, taking
into account a fixed hysteresis of 20 %, the output relays
re-energize automatically a
­ fter the set tripping delay tV is
­c omplete. The LED R/T flashes during timing and turns steady
when timing is c
­ omplete.
ON-delay A
Measuring value
Unbalance + Hysteresis
Unbalance
2CDC 252 092 F0207
L1, L2, L3
Unbalance
Unbalance - Hysteresis
L3
L1, L2, L3 L1, L2
ts
tv
<tv
tv
15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26
F1: red LED
F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay
OFF-delay B
L1, L2, L3
Unbalance
Unbalance - Hysteresis
Measuring value
Unbalance + Hysteresis
Unbalance
L3
L1, L2, L3 L1, L2
ts
tv
<tv
<tv
2CDC 252 093 F0207
CM-PAS.xx, CM-MPS.xx, CM-MPN.xx
Phase unbalance monitoring
Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up
delay tS. When tS is complete and all phases are present with
correct voltage and with correct phase sequence, the output
relays energize and the yellow LED R/T glows.
Type of tripping delay = ON-delay
If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the
set phase unbalance threshold value, the output relays deenergize after the set tripping delay tV is ­c omplete. The LED
R/T flashes during timing and turns off as soon as the output
relays de-energize.
The output relays re-energize automatically as soon as the
voltage r­ eturns to the tolerance range, taking into account a
fixed hysteresis of 20 % and the LED R/T glows.
15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26
F1: red LED
F2: red LED
R/T: yellow LED
ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms
tv = adjustable tripping delay
CM-PSS.xx, CM-PSV.xx, CM-PAS.xx, CM-MPS.xx, CM-MPN.xx
LED functions
Function
Control supply voltage applied,
output relay energized
Tripping delay t V active
Phase failure
Phase sequence
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Phase unbalance
Interruption of the neutral
Adjustment error 1)
R/T:
F1:
F2:
yellow LED
red LED
red LED
V
-
-
W
-
-
W
V
W
W alternating
V
V
V
V
V
W
W
W
-
1) Possible misadjustments of the front-face operating controls:
Overlapping of the threshold values: An overlapping of the threshold values is
given, if the threshold value for overvoltage is set to a smaller value than the
threshold value for u
­ ndervoltage.
DIP switch 3 = OFF and DIP switch 4 = ON: Automatic phase sequence
­correction is activated and selected operating mode is 1x2 c/o contacts
DIP switch 2 and 4 = ON: Phase sequence detection is deactivated and the
automatic phase sequence correction is actived
CM-PSS.xx, CM-PSV.xx, CM-PAS.xx, CM-MPS.xx, CM-MPN.xx
Type of tripping delay
The type of tripping delay A / B can be adjusted via a
rotary (CM-PxS.xx) or a DIP switch (CM-MPx.xx).
Switch position ON-delay A:
In case of a fault, the de-energizing of the output relays and
the respective fault message are suppressed for the adjusted
tripping delay tV.
Switch position OFF-delay B:
In case of a fault, the output relays de-energize instantaneously and a fault message is displayed and stored for the
length of the adjusted tripping delay tV. Thereby, also momentary undervoltage conditions are recognized.
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/38
2
Three-phase monitoring relays
Connection diagrams
Connection diagrams CM-PBE, CM-PVE
1SVC 110 000 F0117
L1, L2, L3 Control supply voltage =
Measuring voltage
11-12/14 Output contact - closedcircuit principle
L1, L2, L3, (N) Control supply voltage = M easuring voltage
Output contact - c
losed-circuit principle
L3
L2
L1 L2 L3
15
25
16 18
26 28
25
15
28
18
26
16
L1, L2, L3
2CDC 252 037 F0b08
L1
L1, L2, L3
Control supply voltage
= Measuring voltage
Output contact - closed-circuit principle
15-16/18
25-26/28
Connection diagram CM-PFS
2CDC 252 037 F0b08
Connection diagram
CM-PVS.x1, CM-PSS.x1, CM-PAS.x1
1SVC 110 000 F 0118
13-14
1115 -1216 /1418
2125 -22 26/2428
Connection diagram
CM-MPS.11, CM-MPS.21, CM-MPS.23
15
25
16 18 26 28
26
16
25
15
L1
2CDC 252 036 F0b08
L1 L2 L3
N
L3
L2
Connection diagram
CM-MPS.31, CM-MPS.41, CM-MPS.43
2CDC 252 036 F0b08
L1
N
Control supply voltage =
Measuring voltage
Output contact - c
losedcircuit principle
L2
L1 L2 L3
15
L3
25
16 18 26 28
28
18
26
16
25
15
2CDC 252 037 F0b08
2
1SVC 110 000 F 0113
1SVC 110 000 F 0112
without neutral
2CDC 252 037 F0b08
with neutral
Connection diagram CM-PFE
28
18
L1, L2, L3, (N)
Control supply voltage = Measuring voltage
L1, L2, L3, (N)
Control supply voltage = Measuring voltage
15-16/18
25-26/28
Output contact - c
losed-circuit principle
15-16/18
25-26/28
Output contact - c losed-circuit principle
L3
L2
L1 L2 L3
15
16 18
25
26 28
2CDC 252 038 F0b08
L1
2CDC 252 038 F0b08
Connection diagram CM-MPN.x2
16 15 18 26 25 28
L1, L2, L3
15-16/18
25-26/28
Control supply voltage =
Measuring voltage
Output contact - c
losedcircuit principle
2/39 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Three-phase monitoring relays
DIP switches, Rotary switches
Rotary switch "Function" CM-PVS
Rotary switch "Function" CM-PSS
ON-delay
with phase sequence monitoring
ON-delay
with phase sequence monitoring
OFF-delay
with phase sequence monitoring
OFF-delay
with phase sequence monitoring
ON-delay
without phase sequence monitoring
ON-delay
without phase sequence monitoring
OFF-delay
without phase sequence monitoring
OFF-delay
without phase sequence monitoring
DIP switch functions
CM-MPS.x3 and CM-MPN.x2
3
2
1
OFF
Position
ON
OFF
2
1
2CDC 252 040 F0b08
4
ON
2CDC 252 041 F0b08
Position
DIP switch functions
CM-MPS.x1
1 Timing function
1 Timing function
ON-delayed
OFF-delayed
2 Phase sequence monitoring
ON
deactivated
OFF activated
3 Operating principle of output
4 Phase sequence correction
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
2x1 c/o contact
1x2 c/o contact
ON ON-delayed
OFF OFF-delayed
2 Phase sequence monitoring
ON
OFF
deactivated
activated
ON activated
OFF deactivated
Output relay R1 is responsive to overvoltage, output relay R2 is responsive
to undervoltage. In case of other faults, both output relays react
synchronously.
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/40
2
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data
Type
Supply circuit = measuring circuit
Rated control supply voltage U S = measuring voltage
2
CM-PBE 1)
CM-PBE
CM-PVE 1)
L1-L2-L3-N
3x380440 V AC,
220-240
V AC
L1-L2-L3
3x380440 V AC
L1-L2-L3-N
3x320460 V AC,
185-265
V AC
CM-PVE
L1-L2-L3
3x320460 V AC
Power consumption
CM-PFE
CM-PFS
L1-L2-L3
3x2083x200440 V AC
500 V AC
approx. 15 VA
Rated control supply voltage U S tolerance
-15...+15 %
-15...+10 %
Rated frequency
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz (-10...+10 %)
Duty time
100 %
Measuring circuit
L1-L2-L3-N
Monitoring functions
-10...+10 %
50/60 Hz
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
phase failure J
phase sequence -
J
-
J
-
J
-
J
J
over- / undervoltage -
-
J
J
-
-
J
3x320460 V AC,
185-265
V AC
fixed
185 V /
320 V
fixed
265 V /
460 V
fixed 5 %
J
-
J
-
neutral J
3x380-440
V AC, 220240 V AC
Measuring ranges
Thresholds
3x380440 V AC
U min 0.6 x UN
U max
Hysteresis related to the threshold value
-
-
3x320460 V AC
3x208440 V AC
3x200500 V AC
fixed
320 V
0.6 x U N
fixed
460 V
Measuring voltage frequency
fixed 5 %
(release value = 0.65 x U N)
50/60 Hz (-10 %...+10 %)
Response time
40 ms
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance
-
Accuracy within the temperature range
-
U m 0.06 % / °C
fixed 500 ms (w20 %)
fixed 150 ms
(w20 %)
at over-/ undervoltage
fixed 500 ms (w20 %)
Timing circuit
Start-up delay t S
Tripping t V
Indication of operational states
Relay status
-15...+10 %
50/60 Hz
80 ms
500 ms
U m 0.5 %
fixed 500 ms
fixed 500
ms
-
R: yellow LED V Output relay energized
F: red LED Only CM-PFS: V Phase failure / V Phase sequence error
Fault message
Output circuits
13-14
Kind of output
1 n/o contact
Operating principle
closed-circuit principle
Contact material
AgCdO
Rated operational voltage U e 1 c/o
contact
-/-
Maximum switching voltage
250 V AC, 250 V DC
Rated operational current I e
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
1115-1216 / 1418,
2125-2226 / 2428
2 c/o
contacts
2)
IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V
Minimum switching voltage / Minimum switching current
11-12/14
AgNi allow,
Cd free
250 V AC
AC-12 (resistive) 230 V 4 A
AC-15 (inductive) 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V 4 A
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V 2 A
Mechanical lifetime
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A)
Max. fuse rating to achieve
short-circuit protection
0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
n/c contact 10 A fast-acting
6 A fastacting
n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
AC rating
(UL 508)
Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300, CM-PFS: B300, pilot duty general purpose (250 V, 4 A, cos phi 0.75)
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5 A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
1)
2)
Device with neutral monitoring: The external conductor voltage towards the neutral conductor is measured.
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
2/41 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data
Type
CM-PBE 1)
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Mounting
Mounting position
Degree of protection
Electrical connection
Wire size
CM-PBE
CM-PVE 1)
CM-PVE
CM-PFE
CM-PFS
22.5 x 78 x 78.5 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.09 in)
CM-PFS: 22.5 x 78 x 100 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
see data sheet
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
any
housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
fine-strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 0.75-1.5 mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG)
fine-strand without wire end ferrule 2 x 1-1.5 mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG)
2
Same as
CM-PSS.31,
see page 2/44.
rigid 2 x 0.75-1.5 mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG)
Stripping length
10 mm (0.39 in)
Tightening torque
Environmental data
Ambient temperature range
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30)
Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-6)
Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6)
Climatic category
Damp heat, cyclic
Vibration, sinusoidal
Shock
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage U i
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1)
0.6-0.8 Nm
operation / storage -20..+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
6g
10 g
IEC/EN 60721-3-3 IEC/EN 60068-2-30 CM-PFS: 6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
IEC/EN 60255-21-1 IEC/EN 60255-21-2 -
between supply, 400 V
measuring and output
circuits
supply circuit / 600 V
output circuit
output circuit 1 / 300 V
output circuit 2
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp
4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs
between all isolated circuits
supply circuit / output (VDE 0110, IEC 664)
circuit
output circuit 1 / output circuit 2
Basic insulation for rated control
supply circuit / output supply voltage (IEC/EN 60664-1)
circuit
Protective seperation
supply circuit / output (IEC/EN 61140, EN 50178)
circuit
Test voltage (routine test)
2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
supply circuit / output circuit
output circuit 1 / output circuit 2
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1)
3
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1)
III
Standards
Product standard
IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6, CM-PFS: IEC/EN 60255-1, IEC/EN 60255-27,
Low Voltage Directive
2006/95/EC
EMC Directive
2004/108/EC
RoHS Directive
CM-PFS: 2011/65/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to
EN 61000-6-2, CM-PFS: EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 - 6 kV/ 8 kV
radiated, radio-frequency,
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 - 10 V/m (1 GHz) / 3 V/m (2 GHz) / 1 V/m (2.7 GHz)
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient / burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 - 2 kV / 5 kHz
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 - 2 kVL-L
conducted disturbances, induced
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 - 10 V
by radio-frequency fields
voltage dips, short interruptions
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 and voltage variations
harmonics and interharmonics
IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Interference emission
EN 61000-6-4, CM-PFS: EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022
high-frequency conducted
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022
1)
Same as
CM-PSS.31,
see page 2/44.
3K3
Class 2
Class 2
6 kV
4 kV
600 V AC
n/a
2.5 kV, 50
Hz, 1 min.
2.5 kV, 50
Hz, 1 min.
EN 50178
Class 3
Class 3
Class B
Class B
Device with neutral monitoring: The external conductor voltage towards the neutral conductor is measured.
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/42
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data
Type
CM-PSS.31 CM-PSS.41 CM-PVS.31 CM-PVS.41 CM-PVS.81 CM-PAS.31 CM-PAS.41
Input circuit = Measuring circuit
Rated control supply voltage U S = measuring voltage
2
Rated control supply voltage U S tolerance
Rated frequency
Frequency range
Typical current / power consumption
Measuring circuit
Monitoring functions
3x380 V AC 3x400 V AC 3x160300 V AC
-15...+10 %
50/60 Hz
45-65 Hz
25 mA /
18 VA
(380 V AC)
25 mA /
18 VA
(400 V AC)
Phase failure J
J
Phase sequence can be switched off
Automatic phase sequence correction
Over- / undervoltage J
Phase unbalance -
Measuring range
Thresholds
25 mA /
10 VA
(230 V AC)
J
3x160300 V AC
3x300500 V AC
19 mA /
10 VA
(300 V AC)
25 mA /
10 VA
(230 V AC)
25 mA
/18 VA
(400 V AC)
J
J
J
J
-
J
-
-
-
J
-
J
-
-
-
-
-
-
J
-
J
-
J
-
J
-
3x420500 V AC
3x300380 V AC
-
3x300400 V AC
3x210300 V AC
-
3x440 V AC 3x220300 V AC
Undervoltage 3x342 V AC 3x360 V AC 3x160230 V AC
Phase unbalance
fixed
fixed
-
25 mA /
18 VA
(400 V AC)
L1, L2, L3
J
3x200400 V AC
-
Neutral Overvoltage 3x418 V AC
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Phase unbalance
(switch-off value)
Hysteresis related to
Over- / undervoltage
the threshold value
Phase unbalance
Rated frequency of the measuring signal
Frequency range of the measuring signal
Maximum measuring cycle time
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance
Accuracy within the temperature range
Measuring method
Timing circuit
Start-up delay t S
L1, L2, L3
3x300500 V AC
-
fixed 5 %
50/60 Hz
45-65 Hz
100 ms
U  0.5 %
U  0.06 % / °C
True RMS
adjustable within measuring range
adjustable within measuring range
-
-
-
adjust. within meas.
range
fixed 20 %
< w 0.2 %
ON- delay
0; 0.1-30 s adjustable
-
fixed 200 ms
Tripping delay t V
ON- or OFF-delay
0; 0.1-30 s adjustable
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters)
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance t  0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range
t  0.06 % / °C
Indication of operational states
Details see function
description / -diagrams
Output circuits
Kind of output
relay, 2 x 1 c/o contact
Operating principle
closed-circuit principle 1)
Contact material
AgNi alloy, Cd free
Rated operational voltage U e IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V
Minimum switching power
Maximum switching voltage
1)
2-25 % of average
of phase voltages
-
-
1 yellow LED, 2 red LED's
Details see operating mode and
function description / -diagrams
15-16/18, 25-26/28
24 V / 10 mA
see „Load limit curves“ on page 127
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value
2/43 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Details see function
description / -diagrams
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data
Type
Rated operational current I e
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
AC rating (UL 508)
AC-12 (resistive) 230 V
AC-15 (inductive) 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V
Utilization category (Control
Circuit Rating Code)
max. rated operational voltage
max. continuous thermal
current at B 300
max. making/breaking
apparent power at B 300
CM-PSS.31 CM-PSS.41 CM-PVS.31 CM-PVS.41 CM-PVS.81 CM-PAS.31 CM-PAS.41
4A
3A
4A
2A
B 300
300 V AC
5A
3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A)
0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve
n/c contact 6 A fast-acting
short-circuit protection
n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
General data
MTBF
on request
Duty time
100%
Dimensions
product dimensions 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
(W x H x D)
packaging dimensions 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
Weight
depending on device, see ordering details
Mounting
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position
any
Minimum distance to other
horizontal 10 mm (0.39 in) in case of continuous measuring voltages
units
> 400 V
> 400 V
> 220 V
> 400 V
> 220 V
> 400 V
Material of housing
UL 94 V-0
Degree of protection
housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Electrical connection
Wire size
Screw connection technology
Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
fine-strand with(out) wire end 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG)
ferrule 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
8 mm (0.32 in)
0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
Stripping length
Tightening torque
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges
operation / storage
Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30)
Climatic category
Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1)
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2)
Isolation data
Rated insulation
input circuit / output circuit
voltage U i
output circuit 1 / output circuit 2
Rated impulse withstand voltage
input circuit
U imp (VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664)
output circuit
Test voltage between all isolated circuits (routine test)
Basic insulation
input circuit / output circuit
Protective separation (VDE 0106
input circuit /
part 101 and 101/A, IEC/EN 1140)
output circuit
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664)
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 60664)
Standards
Product standard
Low Voltage Directive
EMC directive
RoHS directive
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to
electrostatic discharge
IEC/EN 61000-4-2
radiated, radio-frequency,
IEC/EN 61000-4-3
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient /
IEC/EN 61000-4-4
burst
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5
conducted disturbances,
IEC/EN 61000-4-6
induced by radiofrequency fields
Interference emission
high-frequency radiated
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022
high-frequency conducted
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
-
-25...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
55 °C, 6 cycles
3K3
Class 2
Class 2
600 V
300 V
6 kV; 1.2/50 µs
4 kV; 1.2/50 µs
2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
600 V
3
III
IEC/EN 60255-6, EN 50178
2006/95/EC
2004/108/EC
2011/65/EC
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
Level 3 (10 V/m)
Level 3 (2 kV / 2 kHz)
Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
Level 3 (10 V)
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
Class B
Class B
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/44
2
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data
Type
2
CM-MPS.11
CM-MPS.21
Input circuit = Measuring circuit
Rated control supply voltage U S = measuring voltage
L1, L2, L3, N
3x90-170 V AC
3x180-280 V AC
Rated control supply voltage U S tolerance
-15...+10 %
Rated frequency
Frequency range
Typical current / power consumption
50/60 Hz
45-65 Hz
25 mA / 10 VA
25 mA / 18 VA
(115 V AC)
(230 V AC)
L1, L2, L3, N
J
J
can be switched off
J
J
Measuring circuit
Monitoring functions
Phase failure
Phase sequence
Automatic phase sequence correction
Over- / undervoltage
Phase unbalance J
J
Interrupted neutral J
J
Measuring range
Overvoltage 3x120-170 V AC
3x240-280 V AC
Undervoltage 3x90-130 V AC
3x180-220 V AC
Phase unbalance 2-25 % of average of phase voltages
Thresholds
Overvoltage adjustable within measuring range
Undervoltage adjustable within measuring range
Phase unbalance (switch-off value) adjustable within measuring range
Hysteresis related to the
Over- / undervoltage fixed 5 %
threshold value
Phase unbalance fixed 20 %
Rated frequency of the measuring signal
50/60 Hz
Frequency range of the measuring signal
45-65 Hz
Maximum measuring cycle time
100 ms
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance
U  0.5 %
Accuracy within the temperature range
U  0.06 % / °C
Measuring method
True RMS
Timing circuit
Start-up delay t S
fixed 200 ms
CM-MPS.31
25 mA / 10 VA
(230 V AC)
J
J
J
-
J
-
3x220-300 V AC
3x160-230 V AC
3x420-500 V AC
3x300-380 V AC
ON- or OFF-delay 0; 0.1-30 s adjustable
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance
Accuracy within the temperature range
Indication of operational states
Output circuits
Kind of output
Operating principle
Contact material
Rated operational voltage U e (IEC/EN 60947-1)
t  0.5 %
t  0.06 % / °C
Details see function description / -diagrams
15-16/18, 25-26/28
relay, 1 x 2 c/o contacts
closed-circuit principle 1)
AgNi alloy, Cd free
250 V
Minimum switching power
Maximum switching voltage
Rated operational current I e
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
24 V / 10 mA
see „Load limit curves“ on page 127
4A
3A
4A
2A
B 300
1)
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value
2/45 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
25 mA / 18 VA
(400 V AC)
L1, L2, L3
J
J
Tripping delay t V
AC-12 (resistive) 230 V
AC-15 (inductive) 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V
AC rating (UL 508)
Utilization category
(Control Circuit Rating Code)
max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5 A
max. making/breaking 3600/360 VA
apparent power at B 300
Mechanical lifetime
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A)
0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit
n/c contact 6 A fast-acting
protection
n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
CM-MPS.41
L1, L2, L3
3x160-300 V AC
3x300-500 V AC
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data
Type
CM-MPS.11
General data
MTBF
CM-MPS.21
CM-MPS.31
CM-MPS.41
on request
Duty time
100%
Dimensions (W x H x D)
2
product dimensions 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
packaging dimensions 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
Weight
Screw connection technology
Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
net weight depending on device, see ordering details
gross weight depending on device, see ordering details
Mounting
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position
any
Minimum distance to other units
horizontal 10 mm (0.39 in) in case of continuous measuring voltages
> 120 V
> 240 V
> 220 V
UL 94 V-0
Material of housing
Degree of protection
Electrical connection
Wire size
> 400 V
housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Screw connection technology
fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
8 mm (0.32 in)
0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
Stripping length
Tightening torque
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges
operation / storage
Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30)
Climatic category
Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1)
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2)
Isolation data
Rated insulation v­ oltage
input circuit / output circuit
Ui
output circuit 1 / output circuit 2
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp
(VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664)
-
-25...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
55 °C, 6 cycles
3K3
Class 2
Class 2
600 V
300 V
output circuit 4 kV; 1.2/50 µs
2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
input circuit / output circuit 600 V
Protective separation (VDE 0106 part
input circuit / output yes
101 and 101/A, IEC/EN 61140)
circuit
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664)
3
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 60664)
III
Standards
Product standard
IEC/EN 60255-1, EN 50178
Low Voltage Directive
2006/95/EC
EMC directive
2004/108/EC
RoHS directive
2011/65/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to
electrostatic discharge
radiated, radio-frequency,
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient / burst
surge
conducted disturbances,
induced by radio-frequency fields
harmonics and interharmonics
Interference emission
high-frequency radiated
high-frequency conducted
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
input circuit 6 kV; 1.2/50 µs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits (routine test)
Basic insulation
Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
-
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 2 kHz)
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/46
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data
Type
CM-MPS.23
L1, L2, L3, N
Input circuit = Measuring circuit
Rated control supply voltage U S = measuring voltage
2
3x180-280
V AC
-15...+10 %
Rated control supply voltage U S tolerance
Rated frequency
Frequency range
Typical current / power consumption
Measuring circuit
Monitoring functions
Measuring range
Phase failure
Phase sequence
Automatic phase sequence correction
Over- / undervoltage
Phase unbalance
Interrupted neutral
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
CM-MPS.43
3x300-500
V AC
CM-MPN.52
CM-MPN.62
L1, L2, L3
3x350-580
V AC
3x450-720
V AC
Start-up delay t S1
fixed 250 ms
Tripping delay t V
ON- or OFF-delay 0; 0.1-30 s adjustable
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance
Accuracy within the temperature range
Indication of operational states
Output circuits
Kind of output
Operating principle
Contact material
Rated operational voltage U e IEC/EN 60947-1
Minimum switching power
Maximum switching voltage
Rated operational current I e
AC-12 (resistive) 230 V
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
AC-15 (inductive) 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V
AC rating (UL 508)
Utilization category
(Control Circuit Rating Code)
max. rated operational voltage
max. continuous thermal current at B 300
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300
Mechanical lifetime
Electrical lifetime (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A)
Max. fuse rating to achieve shortn/c contact
circuit protection
n/o contact
t  0.5 %
t  0.06 % / °C
Details see function description / -diagrams
15-16/18, 25-26/28
relay, 2 x 1 or 1 x 2 c/o contacts configurable
closed-circuit principle 1)
AgNi alloy, Cd free
250 V
24 V / 10 mA
see „Load limit curves“ on page 127
4A
3A
4A
2A
B 300
1)
3x530-820
V AC
50/60/400 Hz
50/60 Hz
45-440 Hz
45-65 Hz
5 mA / 4 VA
5 mA / 4 VA
29 mA / 41 VA 29 mA / 52 VA 29 mA / 59 VA
(230 V AC)
(400 V AC)
(480 V AC)
(600 V AC)
(690 V AC)
L1, L2, L3, N
L1, L2, L3
J
J
J
J
J
can be switched off
configurable
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
3x240-280
3x420-500
3x480-580
3x600-720
3x690-820
V AC
V AC
V AC
V AC
V AC
3x180-220
3x300-380
3x350-460
3x450-570
3x530-660
V AC
V AC
V AC
V AC
V AC
2-25 % of average of phase voltages
adjustable within measuring range
adjustable within measuring range
adjustable within measuring range
fixed 5 %
fixed 20 %
50/60/400 Hz
50/60 Hz
45-440 Hz
45-65 Hz
100 ms
U  0.5 %
U  0.06 % / °C
True RMS
Phase unbalance
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Phase unbalance (switch-off value)
Hysteresis related to
Over- / undervoltage
the threshold value
Phase unbalance
Rated frequency of the measuring signal
Frequency range of the measuring signal
Maximum measuring cycle time
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance
Accuracy within the temperature range
Measuring method
Timing circuit
Start-up delay t S and t S2
fixed 200 ms
Thresholds
CM-MPN.72
300 V AC
5A
3600/360 VA
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
0,1 x 10 6 switching cycles
6 A fast-acting
10 A fast-acting
10 A fast-acting
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value
2/47 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Three-phase monitoring relays
Technical data
Type
General data
MTBF
Duty time
Dimensions (W x H x D)
CM-MPS.23
product dimensions
packaging dimensions
CM-MPS.43
CM-MPN.52
CM-MPN.62
CM-MPN.72
on request
100%
22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
depending on device, see ordering details
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
any
not necessary / not necessary
UL 94 V-0
IP50 / IP20
Weight
Mounting
Mounting position
Minimum distance to other units
vertical / horizontal
Material of housing
Degree of protection
housing / terminals
Electrical connection
Wire size
Screw connection technology
Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG) 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
Stripping length
8 mm (0.32 in)
Tightening torque
0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges
operation / storage -25...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30)
55 °C, 6 cycles
Climatic category
3K3
Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1)
Class 2
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2)
Class 2
Isolation data
Rated insulation v­ oltage U i
input circuit / output 600 V
1000 V
circuit
output circuit 1 / 2 300 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp
input circuit 6 kV; 1.2/50 µs
8 kV; 1.2/50 µs
(VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664)
output circuit 4 kV; 1.2/50 µs
Test voltage (routine
isolated output circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
test) between
input circuit and isolated output circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
4 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
Basic insulation
input circuit / output circuit 600 V
1000 V
Protective separation (VDE 0106 part
input circuit / 101 and 101/A, IEC/EN 61140)
output circuit
Pollution degree (VDE 0110, IEC/EN 60664)
3
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 60664)
III
Standards
Product standard
IEC/EN 60255-1, EN 50178
Low Voltage Directive
2006/95/EC
EMC directive
2004/108/EC
RoHS directive
2011/65/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency,
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient / burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 2 kHz)
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV
Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
L-N)
conducted disturbances, induced by
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
radio-frequency fields
harmonics and interharmonics
IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
Interference emission
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/48
2
Grid feeding monitoring relays Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Product group picture
2
2/49 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Grid feeding monitoring relays Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Table of contents
Grid feeding monitoring relays - Voltage and frequency
monitoring functions
Benefits and advantages, operating controls
2/51
Applications
2/52
Applications, connection diagram
2/53
Ordering and selection
2/54
Technical data - CM-UFD.Mxx
2/55
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/50
2
Grid feeding monitoring relays Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Benefits and advantages, operating controls
Characteristics CM-UFD.M22
– – ROCOF (rate of change of frequency) monitoring, configurable
– – Third party certificate confirming accordance with CEI 0-21
– – Pre-setting according to CEI 0-21
Characteristics CM-UFD.M31
– – ROCOF (rate of change of frequency) monitoring and vector shift detection, configurable
– – Third party certificate confirming accordance with
VDE-AR-N 4105 and BDEW
– – Pre-settings according to VDE-AR-N 4105 and BDEW
Characteristics CM-UFD.M33
– – ROCOF (rate of change of frequency) monitoring and vector shift detection, configurable
– – Factory certificate confirming accordance with Engineering
Recommendation G59 Issue 3 - September 2013; Engineering Recommendation G83 Issue 2 - December 2012
– – Pre-setting according to G59/3 LV + G83/2 HV
– – UL 508, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14
CM-UFD.Mxx
1
2
1 Display
R1 R2 R3 - relay status; in this case R3 is de-energized
FB - status feedback loop Y0-Y1; in this case FB is closed
EXT – status input external signal; in this case input is closed
REM – status remote trip input; in this case input is closed
2 Indication of operational states
3
2CDC 253 020 F0013
2
Characteristics for all CM-UFD devices
–– Monitoring of voltage and frequency in single- and threephase mains 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
–– O ver- and undervoltage, 10 minutes average value as well
as over- and underfrequency monitoring
–– Two-level threshold settings for over-/undervoltage and
frequency
–– Multiline, backlit LCD display
–– All threshold values adjustable as absolute values
–– True RMS measuring principle
–– High measurement accuracy
–– 3 control inputs for remote trip, feedback signal, and
external signal
–– Interrupted neutral detection
–– Error memory for up to 99 entries (incl. cause of error,
measured value, relative timestamp)
–– Test function
–– Password setting protection
–– 3 c/o (SPDT) contacts
–– LEDs for the indication of operational states
U/T: green LED – supply voltage applied / flashing = timing active
F: red LED - failure
3 Keypad
ESC: escape / return to previous menu
OK: enter / confirm selection
^: up / value increase
∨ : down / value decrease
2/51 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Grid feeding monitoring relays Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Applications
Example of single-phase application CM-UFD.M22
Example of three-phase application CM-UFD.M22
9
N
230 V AC
L1 N
CP-E 24/X
11
L+ L-
1
24 V DC
L+IN L-IN
CP-B 24/X
L
L N
2CDC 252 004 F0014
L
12
L+OUT L-OUT
13
N
L1 N
CP-E 24/X
230 V AC
8
11
L+ LL+IN L-IN
CP-B 24/X
1
24 V DC
12
L+ OUTL-OUT
13
2
L1 L2 L3 N
2CDC 252 003 F0014
9
24 V DC
24 V DC
7
7
10
A1 A2
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y0
10
L1 L2 L3 N
A1 A2
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y0
L1 L2 L3 N
CM-UFD
ESC
CM-UFD
ESC
U/T
F
U/T
F
OK
OK
14 11 12 24 21 22 34 31 32
14 11 12 24 21 22 34 31 32
4
18 15 16 28 25 26 38 35 36
18 15 16 28 25 26 38 35 36
4
2
3
2
3
6
6
G
5
G
1. Main circuit breaker DG or DGL
2. DDI: Automatic circuit breaker or contactor equipped with low voltage coil and
motor for automatic closure
3. Auxiliary contact of DDI, necessary for realizing the feedback function (compulsory for CM-UFD.M22)
4. DDI short-circuit protection
5. Generator and/or inverter
6. Generator (DDG)
7. Protection fuse for the measuring circuit of the CM-UFD.M22 (optional)
8. Shunt trip coil for feedback function (P>20 kW). This coil can control DG/DGL or
DDG devices
Example of single-phase application - CM-UFD.M31
L1
N
Public grid
where applicable,
a transformer
5
9. Control supply voltage for CM-UFD.M22 (SPI) and tripping device (DDI)*
10. Device protection fuse for the CM-UFD.M22
11. Primary switch mode power supply unit CP-E (230 V AC / 24 V DC) for the buffer module CP-B*
12. Ultra-capacitor based buffer module CP-B (24 V DC in/out)
13. Wire protection fuse for the output of the buffer module CP-B
* In accordance to CEI 0-21 regulation, in case of loss of control supply voltage it’s asked to guarantee, at least for 5 seconds, the functionality
of the CM-UFD.M22, the operability of the DDI and when present the command coil for operating the redundancy device. This function has to
be realized by external buffer or UPS devices.
Example of three-phase application - CM-UFD.M31
L1
L2
L3
N
Public grid
where applicable,
a transformer
6 A
10 A
A1
A2
1115
10 A
10 A
2125
3135
6 A
L1
L2
L3
N
A1
A2
1115
2125
3135
L1
L2
L3
N
1216
1418
2226
2428
3236
3438
Y3
Y2
Y1
Y0
1216
K1
1418
2226
2428
3236
3438
Y2
Y1
Y0
K1
K2
Y3
K2
Control input 1, feedback loop for switching device 1
Switching device 1 of the section switch
Switching device 2 of the section switch
Inverter(s)
Generator(s)
Control input 1, feedback loop for switching device 1
Control input 2, feedback loop for switching device 2
Control input 3 (e.g. for remote trip)
Switching device 1 of the section switch
Switching device 2 of the section switch
Inverter(s)
Generator(s)
2CDC 252 007 F0213
Control input 3 (e.g. for remote trip)
2CDC 252 006 F0213
Control input 2, feedback loop for switching device 2
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/52
Grid feeding monitoring relays Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Applications, connection diagram
Example of single-phase application - CM-UFD.M33
L1
N
L1
L2
L3
N
8
7
8
7
6 A
10 A
A1
A2
10 A
10 A
1115
3135
2125
6 A
L1
L2
L3
N
10 A
A1
10 A
10 A
1115
A2
2125
3135
L1
L2
L3
N
3 2 1
1216
1418
2226
3236
2428
3438
Y3
Y2
Y1
Y0
3 2 1
1216
1
K1
1418
2226
2428
3236
3438
Y3
Y2
Y0
1
K1
2
K2
Y1
4
4
5
K2
2
5
1 Control input 1, feedback loop for switching device 1
2 Control input 2, feedback loop for switching device 2
6
2CDC 252 005 F0014
4 Switching device 1 of the section switch
5 Switching device 2 of the section switch
6 Inverter(s) / generator(s)
7 Transformer (if applicable)
8 Public grid
1 Control input 1, feedback loop for switching device 1
2 Control input 2, feedback loop for switching device 2
3 Control input 3 (e.g. for remote trip)
4 Switching device 1 of the section switch
5 Switching device 2 of the section switch
6 Inverter(s) / generator(s)
7 Transformer (if applicable)
2CDC 252 006 F0014
3 Control input 3 (e.g. for remote trip)
8 Public grid
Electrical connection - CM-UFD.Mxx
A1
A2
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y0
L1
L2
L3
N
2CDC 253 007 F0014
2
Example of three-phase application - CM-UFD.M33
A1-A2
L1, L2, L3, N
Y1-Y0
Y2-Y0
Y3-Y0
CM-UFD
ESC Test
U/T
F
1115 -1216/1418
2125 -22 26/2428
3135 -3236/34 38
OK
14
11
12
24
21
22
34
31
32
18
15
16
28
25
26
38
35
36
2/53 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Control supply voltage U s
Measuring inputs
Control input 1: Feedback from switching device 1
Control input 2: Feedback from switching device 2
Control input 3: Remote trip, suppress Y1, suppress Y2,
suppress Y1/Y2 or suppress vector shift detection
Output relay 1: Relay for tripping switching device 1
of the section switch, closed-circuit principle
Output relay 2: Relay for tripping switching device 2
of the section switch, closed-circuit principle
Output relay 3: Closing command for circuit breaker
motor, configuration possibilities: closed-circuit
principle, open-circuit principle, disabled or
synchronous with R1/R2
Grid feeding monitoring relays Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Ordering and selection
Ordering details
Rated control supply voltage =
measuring voltage
Type
Order code
24-240 V AC/DC
CM-UFD.M22
1SVR560730R3400
24-240 V AC/DC
CM-UFD.M31
1SVR560730R3401
24-240 V AC/DC
CM-UFD.M33
1SVR560730R3402
Price
1SVR560730R3400
1SVR560730R3401
1SVR560730R3402
CM-UFD.M31
CM-UFD.M33
Rated control supply voltage Us
24-240 V AC/DC
Standard
Order number
1 pce
CM-UFD.M22
CM-UFD.Mxx
Only reliable and continuous monitoring of a three-phase network guarantees the trouble-free
and economic operation of machines and installations.
Type
2CDC 251 005 S0013
Description
J
J
J
Weight
(1 pce)
kg (lb)
0.225
(0.496)
0.225
(0.496)
0.304
(0.670)
J
VDE AR-N 4105, BDEW
J
G59/3
J
CEI 0-21
Rated frequency
DC or 50 Hz
DC or 50/60 Hz
Suitable for monitoring
J
J
J
Single-phase mains
J
J
J
Three-phase mains
J
J
J
Over-/undervoltage
J
J
J
Over-/underfrequency
J
J
J
ROCOF (rate of change of frequency)
J
J
J
J
J
J
Vector shift
J
J
Thresholds
adj adj adj
Monitoring function
10 minutes average value
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/54
2
Grid feeding monitoring relays Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Technical data - CM-UFD.Mxx
Technical data
Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values, unless otherwise indicated
2
Type
CM-UFD.M22
Input circuit - Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage U s
24-240 V AC/DC
Rated control supply voltage U s tolerance
-15…+10 %
Rated frequency
Frequency range AC
Typical current / power consumption
overvoltage 10-min average (>UAV) adjustable,
1.00-1.30 * U s
in 0.01*U s steps
overvoltage (>U1) adjustable,
1.00-1.20 * U s
in 0.01*U s steps
overvoltage (>U2) undervoltage (<U1) adjustable,
0.05-1.00 * U s
in 0.01*U s steps
undervoltage (<U2) adjustable,
0.05-1.00 * U s
in 0.01*U s steps
overfrequency (>F1) adjustable,
50.0-54.0 Hz
in 0.1 Hz steps
underfrequency (<F2) adjustable,
46.0-50.0 Hz
in 0.1 Hz steps
overfrequency (>F1) adjustable,
50.0-54.0 Hz
in 0.1 Hz steps
underfrequency (<F2) adjustable,
46.0-50.0 Hz
in 0.1 Hz steps
ROCOF adjustable,
0.1-1.0 Hz/s,
in 0.1 Hz/s steps
vector shift
interrupted neutral conductor enabled if a measuring
selected
Measuring ranges
voltage (4-wire system L1, L2, L3-N) 0-312 V AC
(3-wire system L1,L2,L3) 0-540 V AC
(2-wire system L-N) 0-312 V AC
frequency 40-60 Hz
Rated frequency of the measuring signal
50 Hz
Accuracy of measurements
voltage ≤ 2 %
frequency ± 20 mHz
delay times ≤ 5 % ± 20 ms
Accuracy within the temperature range
ΔU ≤ 0.02 %/°C
Hysteresis related to the
overvoltage 10-min average threshold value
overvoltage 0.95-0.97 * U
s
undervoltage 1.03-1.05 * U s
Reaction time acc. CEI 0-21 chapter A.4.3
Measuring cycle
CM-UFD.M33
DC or 50 Hz
DC or 50/60 Hz
40-60 Hz
40-70 Hz
24 V DC 64 mA / 1.5 W
230 V AC 6.4 mA / 1.5 VA
6 A gG (gL) or cirucit breaker 6 A with B characteristic or 6 A Class CC
(acc. to UL-requirements)
200 ms, according to LVFRT (Low Voltage Fault Ride Through)
External fusing (necessary)
Power failure buffering time
Measuring circuit
Monitoring functions
CM-UFD.M31
threshold adjustable, 1.000-1.300 * U n
in 0.005 * U n steps
threshold adjustable, 1.000-1.300 * U n
in 0.005 * U n steps
threshold adjustable, 1.000-1.300 * U n
in 0.005 * U n steps
threshold adjustable, 0.100-1.000 * U n
in 0.005 * U n steps
threshold adjustable, 0.100-1.000 * U n
in 0.005 * U n steps
threshold adjustable, 50.00-65.00 Hz
in 0.01 Hz steps
threshold adjustable, 50.00-65.00 Hz
in 0.01 Hz steps
threshold adjustable, 45.00-60.00 Hz
in 0.01 Hz steps
threshold adjustable, 45.00-60.00 Hz
in 0.01 Hz steps
threshold adjustable, 0.100-5.000 Hz
in 0.005 Hz steps
threshold adjustable, 2.0-40.0 ° in 0.1 ° steps
principle with interrupted neutral conductor is
0-317 V AC
0-550 V AC
0-317 V AC
40-70 Hz
50/60 Hz
≤ 0.5 % ± 0.5 V
± 20 mHz
≤ 0.1 % ± 20 ms
adjustable, 0.1-10.0 % in 0.1 % steps
adjustable, 0.5-10.0 % in 0.1 % steps
adjustable, 0.5-10.0 % in 0.1 % steps
overfrequency 0.997-0.999 * f n
adjustable, 0.05-4.00 Hz in 0.01 Hz steps
underfrequency 1.001-1.003 * f n
adjustable, 0.05-4.00 Hz in 0.01 Hz steps
CM-UFD.M22: adjustable, 0.05-600.00 s in 0.05 s steps, ±3 % ±20 ms
for: Overvoltage 2, Undervoltage 1, Undervoltage 2, Overfrequency 1,
Overfrequency 2, Underfrequency 1, Underfrequency 2
ROCOF 640 ms at 50 Hz
adjustable, 4-50 periods
2/55 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Grid feeding monitoring relays Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Technical data - CM-UFD.Mxx
Type
CM-UFD.M22
Control circuits
Number
Type of triggering
Function of the control inputs
Y1-Y0 Control input 1
Y2-Y0 Control input 2
Y3-Y0 Control input 3
Electrical isolation
from supply voltage
from the measuring circuit
from the relay outputs
Max. switching current in the control circuit
No-load voltage at the control inputs (V0-V1, V2, V3)
Minimum control pulse length
Max. cable length at the control inputs (unshielded)
Timing functions
Start-up delay, R1 (prior to first grid connection or re-connection after
interruption)
Restart delay, R1
Start-up delay, R2 (prior to first grid connection or re-connection after
interruption)
ON-delay, R3
ON-time, R3
Trip window, feedback loop Y1
Release window, feedback loop Y1
Tripping delays
ROCOF error time
Error time
Trip window (feedback loops Y1-Y0, Y2-Y0)
Release window (feedback loops Y1-Y0, Y2-Y0)
Time error within the temperature range
User interface - Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage applied / timing
Fault message
For details see the message on the display
User interface - Display
Back light
Operating temperature range of the display
Resolution
Display size
User interface - Operating elements
4 push-buttons for menu navigation, setting and entering
CM-UFD.M33
3
volt-free triggering, signal source Y0
DDI feedback, trip and feedback from switching device 1
release monitoring
times adjustable
External signal
feedback from switching device 2
Remote trip
remote trip; suppression of Y1, Y2, Y1/Y2 or
vector shift detect.
yes
no
yes
6 mA
22-26 V DC
20 ms
10 m
adjustable,
1.00-600.00 s
in 0.05 s steps
adjustable,
0.05-600.00 s
in 0.05 s steps
1 s, fixed
-
adjustable,
0.00-10.00 s
in 0.05 s steps
adjustable,
0.05-10.00 s
in 0.05 s steps
adjustable,
0.05-0.50 s
in 0.05 s steps
adjustable,
0.50-600.00 s
in 0.05 s steps
adjustable,
0.05-600.00 s
in 0.05 s steps
-
-
Switch-on delay (prior to first grid connection or reconnection after
interruption)
Tripping delay
overvoltage 10-min average (>UAV ) overvoltage (>U1, >U2)
undervoltage (<U1, <U2)
overfrequency (>F1, >F2)
underfrequency (<F1, <F2)
ROCOF
vector shift
interrupted neutral conductor
ROCOF
vector shift
CM-UFD.M31
-
adjustable, 0.05-600.00 s in 0.01 s steps
<3s
-
adjustable, 0.00-600.00 s in 0.01 s steps;
+50 ms / -0 ms
< 150 ms
-
< 50 ms
adjustable, 0.5-600.00s in 0.01 s steps
adjustable, 0.5-600.00s in 0.01 s steps
adjustable, 0.05-0.50 s in 0.01 s steps
adjustable, 0.50-600.00 s in 0.01 s steps
Δt ≤ 0.01 %
U/T LED green on / flashing
F LED red on
on press any button
off switch-off delay adjustable, 10-600 s (default 10 s)
clearly visible -20…+60 °C
112 x 64 pixel
36 x 22 mm
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/56
2
Grid feeding monitoring relays Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Technical data - CM-UFD.Mxx
Type
2
Output circuits
Kind of outputs
Operating principle
Contact material
Rated operational voltage U e
CM-UFD.M22
1st c/o (SPDT) contact, tripping relay for switching device 1 (DDI)
2nd c/o (SPDT) contact, tripping relay for switching device 2 (DG)
3rd c/o (SPDT) contact, closing command for breaker motor
closed-circuit principle
open- or closed-circuit closed-circuit principle
principle configurable open-circuit, closed-circuit, disabled or
synchronous with R1/R2 configurable
AgNi alloy, Cd-free
IEC/EN 60947-1 250 V
300 V
n/o contact
Conventional thermal current I th
t < 20 ms
t < 80 ms
IEC/EN 60947-1
24 V / 10 mA
see load limit curves
4A
3A
4A
2A
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
50 x 10 3 switching cycles
10 A fast-acting
10 A fast-acting or circuit breaker 10 A with B
characteristic
10 A fast-acting
10 A fast-acting or circuit breaker 10 A with B
characteristic
30 A
17 A
5A
General data
MTBF
on request
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters)
< ±0.5 %
Duty time
Dimensions (W x H x D)
CM-UFD.M33
11-12/14 (15-16/18)
21-22/24 (25-26/28)
31-32/34 (35-36/38)
11-12/14
21-22/24
31-32/34
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current
Maximum switching voltage / maximum switching current
Rated operational current I e
AC-12 (resisitive) at 230 V
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
AC-15 (inductive) at 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) at 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) at 24 V
Mechanical lifetime
Electrical lifetime
at AC12, 230 V AC, 4 A
Maximum fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection
n/c contact
Maximum closing current (short time)
CM-UFD.M31
100 %
product dimensions 108 x 90 x 67 mm (4.25 x 3.54 x 2.64 in)
packaging dimensions 121 x 99 x 71 mm (4.76 x 3.90 x 2.80 in)
Weight
net weight 0.306 kg (0.675 lb)
gross weight 0.360 kg (0.794 lb)
Material of housing
PA666FR
Mounting
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) TH 35-7.5 and TH 35-15, snap-on mounting
without any tool
any
Mounting position
Minimum distance to other units
horizontal / vertical not necessary
Degree of protection
housing / terminals IP20
Electrical connection
Wire size
fine-strand with wire end ferrulle 1 x 0.25-4 mm² (1 x 24-12 AWG), 2 x 0.25-0.75 mm² (2 x 24-18 AWG)
fine-strand without wire end ferrule 1 x 0.2-4 mm² (1 x 24-12 AWG), 2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.2-6 mm² (1 x 24-10 AWG), 2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG)
Stripping length
8 mm (0.31 in)
Tightening torque
0.5-0.6 Nm (4.4 -5.3 lb.in)
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges
operation -20...+60 °C
storage -20...+80 °C
Climatic class (EN 50178)
3K5 (w/o condensation, w/o icing)
Damp heat, cyclic (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Vibration, sinusoidal (IEC/EN 60255-21-1)
Class 2
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2)
Class 2
2/57 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Grid feeding monitoring relays Voltage and frequency monitoring functions
Technical data - CM-UFD.Mxx
Type
CM-UFD.M22
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage U i
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1)
CM-UFD.M31
supply/measuring/output circuits 600 V
2
output 1/output 2/output 3 300 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1)
supply/measuring/output circuits 6 kV; 1.2/50 μs
Basic insulation acc. rated control
supply voltage (IEC/EN 60664-1)
supply/measuring/output circuits 600 V
Protective separation acc. rated
voltage (IEC/EN 61140)
supply/measuring/output circuits 250 V
Test voltage, routine test
(IEC/EN 60255-5)
supply/measuring/output circuits 2.2 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
Test voltage, type test (CEI 0-21)
supply/measuring /output circuits 5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
-
output 1/output 2/output 3 4 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
-
output 1/output 2/output 3 4 kV; 1.2/50 μs
output 1/output 2/output 3 300 V
output 1/output 2/output 3 250 V
output 1/output 2/output 3 2.2 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1)
3
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1)
III
Overvoltage category according to CEI 0-21
IV
-
Standard
Product standard
Electrical safety
IEC/EN 60255-1
-
-
Application standards
CEI 0-21: 2012-06 + CEI
0-21; V1: 2012-12 + A70
Terna
Low Voltage Directive
2006/95/EC
EMC Directive
2004/108/EC
RoHS Directive
2011/65/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic
field
electrical fast transient/burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3, 10 V/m
surge
conducted disturbances, induced by radiofrequency fields
voltage dips, short interruptions and
voltage variations
harmonics and interharmonics
VDE-AR-N 4105: 2011-08;
BDEW, June 2008
“Technische Richtlinie –
Erzeugungsanlagen am
Mittelspannungsnetz”
including supplementary
provisions of January 2013
UL 508, CAN/CSA
C22.2 No.14
Engineering
Recommendation G59 Issue
3 - September 2013;
Engineering
Recommendation G83 Issue
2 - December 2012
IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge
Interference emission
CM-UFD.M33
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3, 2 kV / 5 kHz
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3, installation class 3, supply and
measuring input 1 kV L-L, 2 kV L-earth
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3, 10 V
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Class 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
IEC/EN 61000-6-3, IEC/EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/58
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Product group picture
2
2/59 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Table of contents
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Benefits and advantages
2/61
Benefits and advantages, Applications
2/62
Operating controls
2/63
Insulation monitoring in IT systems
2/64
Selection table
2/65
Ordering details
2/66
Operating state indication, Connection diagrams, DIP switches
2/67
Technical data
2/68
Technical data CM-IVN
2/71
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/60
2
2CDC 251 009 V0012
2CDC 251 017 V0012
2
2CDC 251 020 V0012
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Benefits and advantages
CM-IWS.2
CM-IWS.1
CM-IWN.1
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed pure AC
systems:
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed AC, DC
or mixed AC/DC systems:
Characteristics
–– F or monitoring the insulation resistance of unearthed IT
systems:
up to Un = 400 V AC
–– According to IEC/EN 61557-8 "Electrical safety in low voltage distribution systems up to 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC:
Equipment for testing, measuring or monitoring of protective measures – Part 8: Insulation monitoring devices for IT
systems"
–– R ated control supply voltage 24–240 V AC/DC
–– Superimposed DC signal
–– O ne measuring range 1–100 kW
–– Precise adjustment of the threshold value in 1 kW steps
–– Interrupted wire detection
–– F ault storage/latching configurable by control input
–– 1 c/o (SPDT) contact, closed-circuit principle
–– 2 2.5 mm [0.89 in] width
–– 3 LEDs for status indication
Characteristics
– – For monitoring the insulation resistance of unearthed IT
systems up to Un= 250 V AC and 300 V DC or Un= 400 V
AC and 600 V DC
– – According to IEC/EN 61557-8 "Electrical safety in low voltage distribution systems up to 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC:
Equipment for testing, measuring or monitoring of protective measures – Part 8: Insulation monitoring devices for IT
systems"1)
– – CM-IWN.4,5,6: Specifically for applications with high
system leakage capacitances, for example in photovoltaic
environments
– – R ated control supply voltage 24-240 V AC/DC
– – Prognostic measuring principle with superimposed square
wave signal
– – 1 or 2 measuring ranges (1-100 kW or 1-100 kW + 2-200 kW)
– – 1 or 2 (configurable) c/o contacts1)
– – Precise adjustmemt of the measuring value in 1 or 2 kW steps
– – (non-volatile) fault storage, configurable latching, interrupted
wire protection, open- or closed-circuit principle selectable1)
– – 22.5 or 45 mm width
– – 3 LEDs for status indication
1)
depending on devices
Additional characteristics for CM-IWN.1,4,5,6:
– – O ne (1 x 2 c/o) or two (2 x 1 c/o) threshold values Ran1/R11)
(final switch-off) and Ran2/R22) (prewarning) configurable3)
– – Precise adjustment of the threshold values in 1 kΩ steps
(R1) and 2 kΩ steps (R2)
– – Interrupted wire detection configurable
– – Non-volatile fault storage configurable
– – Open- or closed-circuit principle configurable
1)
2)
3)
2/61 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
CM-IWN.6 does not meet the requirements of IEC/EN 61557-8 regarding the
response time tan.
term acc. to IEC/EN 61557-8
R2 only active with 2 x 1 c/o configuration
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Benefits and advantages, Applications
Application / monitoring function CM-IWx
The CM-IWx serve to monitor insulation resistance in accordance with IEC 61557-8 in unearthed IT AC systems, IT AC
sytems with galvanically connected DC circuits, or unearthed
IT DC systems. The insulation resistance between system
lines and system earth is measured. If this falls below the
adjustable threshold values, the output relay(s) energize or deenergize. The CM-IWS.x can monitor control circuits (singlephase) and main circuits (3-phase). Supply systems with voltages Un= 0-400 V AC (45-65 Hz), Un=0-250 V AC (15-400 Hz)
or 0-300 V DC can be directly connected. For systems with
voltages above 400 V AC the insulation monitoring relay with
or without the coupling unit CM-IVN can be used.
Application / monitoring function CM-IWN.x
The CM-IWN.x serves to monitor insulation resistance in
accordance with IEC 61557-8 in unearthed IT AC systems,
IT AC systems with galvanically connected DC circuits, or
unearthed IT DC systems. The insulation resistance between
system lines and system earth is measured. If this falls below
the adjustable threshold values, the output relays switch into
the fault state. The device can monitor control circuits (singlephase) and main circuits (3-phase). Supply systems with
voltages Un = 0-400 V AC (15-400 Hz) or 0-600 V DC can be
directly connected to the measuring inputs and their insulation
resistance being monitored. For systems with voltages above
400 V AC and 600 V DC the coupling unit CM-IVN can be
used for the expansion of the CM-IWN.x voltage range.
Application / monitoring function CM-IVN
The coupling unit CM-IVN is designed to extend the nominal
voltage range of the insulation monitoring relay CM-IWN.1
up to 690 V AC and 1000 V DC. The coupling unit can be
connected to the system to be monitored by means of the
terminals VL+ and VL-. The terminal Vw has to be connected
to the earth potential. The terminals L+, V1+, L-, V1-, VS and
VE have to be connected to the CM-IWN.1 as shown in the
connection diagrams below. Supply systems with voltages Un
= 0-690 V AC (15-400 Hz) or 0-1000 V DC can be connected.
Measuring principle CM-IWS.2
A superimposed DC measuring signal is used for measurement. From the superimposed DC measuring voltage and its
resultant current the value of the insulation resistance of the
system to be monitored is calculated.
Measuring principle CM-IWN.x, CM-IWS.1
A pulsating measuring signal is fed into the system to be
monitored and the insulation resistance is calculated. This
pulsating measuring signal alters its form depending on the
insulation resistance and system leakage capacitance. From
this altered form the change in the insulation resistance is
forecast. When the forecast insulation resistance corresponds
to the insulation resistance calculated in the next measurement cycle and is smaller than the set threshold value, the
output relay de-energizes. This measuring princiiple is also
suitable for the detection of symmetrical insulation faults.
Expansion of assortment for the requirements of
decentral eletrical energy sources
ABB‘s insulation monitoring relays from the CM-IWN range
provide higher system leakage capacitances which are necessary especially for solar applications. This expanded product
range covers the requirements of decentral eletrical sources
(e.g. photovoltaic systems).
The range of system leakage capacitances is 20 - 2000 µF.
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/62
2
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Operating controls
1 Test and reset button
2 Configuration and setting
2
1
Front-face rotary switches for threshold value adjustment:
R.1 for R1 tens figures:
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 kΩ in ten kΩ steps
R.2 for R1 units figures:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 kΩ in one kΩ steps
3 Indication of operational states
2
3
U: green LED - control supply voltage
F: red LED - fault message
R: yellow LED - relay status
4 Marker label for devices without DIP switches
2CDC 253 021 F0013
4
1 Front-face rotary switches to adjust the threshold value:
1
2
R1.1 for R1 tens figure:
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 kΩ in ten kΩ steps
R1.2 for R1 units figure:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 kΩ in one kΩ steps
R2.1 for R2 tens figure:
0, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180 kΩ in twenty kΩ steps
R2.2 for R2 units figure:
2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 kΩ in two kΩ steps
2 Test and reset button
3 Indication of operational states
3
U: green LED – control supply voltage
F1: red LED – fault message
F2: yellow LED – relay status
4 DIP switches (see DIP switch functions)
2CDC 253 015 F0013
4
2/63 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Insulation monitoring in IT systems
In electricity supply systems, an earthing system defines the electrial potential of the conductors relative to that of
the earth’s conductive surface. The choice of earthing system has implications for the safety and electromagnetic
compatibility of the power supply. Note that regulations for earthing (grounding) systems vary considerably among
different countries.
The international standard IEC 60364 distinguishes three families of earthing arrangements, using the two-letter codes TN, TT
and IT.
The first letter indicates the connection between earth and the power-supply equipment (generator or transformer):
T: direct connection of a point with earth (Latin: terra)
I: n o point is connected with earth (insulation), except perhaps via a high impendance
The second letter indicates the connection between earth and the electrical device being supplied:
T: direct connection of a point with earth
N: direct connection to neutral at the origin of installation,
which is connected to the earth
IT supply systems
The IT system is supplied either by an isolation transformer or a voltage source, such as battery or a generator.
In this system no active conductor is directly connected to earth potential. The advantage of this is that only a small fault current can flow in case of an insulation fault. This current is essentially caused by the leakage capacitance of the system.
The fuse of the system or MCB does not respond, thus maintaining the voltage supply and therefore operation even in case of
a phase-to-earth fault.
The high reliability of an IT system is guaranteed thanks to continous insulation monitoring.
The insulation monitoring device recognizes insulation faults as they develop, and immediately reports that the value has fallen
below the minimum. This prevents operational interruptions caused by a second more severe insulation fault.
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
A1 11 21 S1 S2 S3
CM-IWN.x
12 14 L+
22 24 L-
V V1+ V1K w A2
M
3~
Consumer
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/64
2
Order number
1SVR730670R0200
1SVR740670R0200
1SVR730660R0100
1SVR740660R0100
1SVR750660R0200
1SVR760660R0200
1SVR750660R0300
1SVR760660R0300
1SVR750660R0400
1SVR760660R0400
1SVR750660R0500
1SVR760660R0500
CM-IWS.2S
CM-IWS.2P
CM-IWS.1S
CM-IWS.1P
CM-IWN.1S
CM-IWN.1P
CM-IWN.4S
CM-IWN.4P
CM-IWN.5S
CM-IWN.5P
CM-IWN.6S
CM-IWN.6P
2
Type
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Selection table
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Rated control supply voltage Us
24 - 240 VAC/DC
Measuring voltages
250 V AC (L-PE)
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J1)
600 V DC (L-PE)
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
1000 V DC (L-PE)
J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1) J1)
400 V AC (L-PE)
J
1)
690 V AC (L-PE)
J
300 V DC (L-PE)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
J
Measuring range
J
1 - 100 kΩ
J
J
J
2 - 200 kΩ
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
System leakage capacitance, max.
J
10 μF
J
J
J
20 μF
500 μF
1000 μF
2000 μF
Output
J
1 c/o
J
J
J
1 x 2 c/o or 2 x 1 c/o
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Operating principle
J
Open-circuit principle
J
J
J
Open- or closed-circuit principle adjustable
Test
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Front-face button or control input
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Fault storage / latching configurable
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Non volatile storage configurable
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
1
J
2
J
2
J
2
J
2
J
2
J
2
J
2
J
2
Front-face button or control input
Reset
Interrupted wire detection
Threshold values configurable
1
1
1
Connection type
J
Push-in terminals
Double-chamber cage connection terminals
1)
With coupling unit CM-IVN
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
screw version
CM-IVN.S: 1SVR750669R9400
push-in version
CM-IVN.P: 1SVR760669R9400
2/65 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
J
J
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Ordering details
Description
2CDC 251 017 V0012
The high reliability of an IT system is guaranteed thanks to continuous insulation monitoring.
An insulation monitoring device recognizes insulation faults as they develop, and immediately
reports that the value has fallen below the minimum. This prevents operational interruption
caused by a second, more severe insulation fault.
ABB developed a totally new range of insulation monitors for AC, DC or mixed AC/DC IT Systems up to 690 V AC or 1000 V DC. With only 4 devices most standard applications can be
served. Additionally a version for solar applications with increased earth leakage capacitance
has been added.
CM-IWS.2
Ordering details
2CDC 251 009 V0012
Rated control
supply voltage
= measuring
voltage
2CDC 251 020 V0012
CM-IWS.1
Nominal
voltage
Un of the
distribution
system to be
monitored
System
leakage
capacitance,
max.
AdjustType
ment range
of the
specified
response
value R an
(threshold)
24-240 V AC/DC
0-250 V AC /
0-300 V DC
10 µF
1-100 kW
24-240 V AC/DC
0-400 V AC
10 µF
1-100 kW
24-240 V AC/DC
0-400 V AC /
0-600 V DC
20 µF
24-240 V AC/DC
0-400 V AC /
0-600 V DC
500 µF
24-240 V AC/DC
0-400 V AC /
0-600 V DC
1000 µF
24-240 V AC/DC
0-400 V AC /
0-600 V DC
2000 µF
1-100 kW
2-200 kW
(activated /
de-activated
by
DIP-switch)
Order code
Price
1 pce
Weight
(1 pce)
kg (lb)
CM-IWS.1S
1SVR730660R0100
0.148 (0.326)
CM-IWS.1P
1SVR740660R0100
0.137 (0.302)
CM-IWS.2S
1SVR730670R0200
0.141 (0.311)
CM-IWS.2P
1SVR740670R0200
0.130 (0.287)
CM-IWN.1S
1SVR750660R0200
0.241 (0.531)
CM-IWN.1P
1SVR760660R0200
0.217 (0.478)
CM-IWN.4S
1SVR750660R0300
0.241 (0.531)
CM-IWN.4P
1SVR760660R0300
0.217 (0.478)
CM-IWN.5S
1SVR750660R0400
0.241 (0.531)
CM-IWN.5P
1SVR760660R0400
0.217 (0.478)
CM-IWN.6S
1SVR750660R0500
0.241 (0.531)
CM-IWN.6P
1SVR760660R0500
0.217 (0.478)
CM-IWN.1
Ordering details - Coupling unit
2CDC 252 027 V0012
Rated control supply voltage
= measuring voltage
CM-IVN
Passive device, no control supply
voltage needed
Nominal voltage
Un of the distribution system to be
monitored
0-690 V AC /
0-1000 V DC
Type
Order code
Price
Weight
(1 pce)
1 pce
kg (lb)
CM-IVN.S
1SVR750669R9400
0.179 (0.395)
CM-IVN.P
1SVR760669R9400
0.165
(0.364)
S: screw connection
P: push-in / easy connect
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/66
2
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Operating state indication, Connection diagrams, DIP switches
LEDs, status information and fault messages CM-IWN.x
LED U
(green)
LED F
(red)
OFF
LED R
(yellow)
OFF
Operational state
LED U
(green)
Start-up
Insulation fault (below threshold value)
W
V
V
V
Start-up
OFF
1)
No fault
W
V
W
Insulation fault (below threshold value)
1)
Invalid measuring result
W
V
V
V
KE/w wire interruption
V
U
1)
L+/L- wire interruption during
system start-up / test function
W
/ X
T
1)
System leakage capacitance too
high / invalid measurement result
V
T
1)
Internal system fault
1)
1)
Setting fault
W
X
V
X
W
W
KE/w wire interruption (only
CM-IWS.1)
CM-IWS.1: System leakage
capacitance too high / invalid
measurement result
CM-IWS.2: Invalid measurement
result
Internal system fault
OFF
1)
Test function
4)
X
No fault after fault storage
No fault
Prewarning
2)
Test function
No fault after fault storage
3)
4)
3)
LED F
(red)
OFF
LED R
(yellow)
OFF
OFF
V
V
T
OFF
V
U
OFF
X
X
OFF
V
T
OFF
OFF
X
OFF
X
V
OFF
OFF
4)
X
OFF
Depending on the configuration.
Possible faulty setting: The threshold value for final switch-off is set at a higher value than the threshold value for prewarning
The device has triggered after an insulation fault. The fault has been stored and the insulation resistance has returned to a higher value than the threshold value plus hysteresis.
Depending on the fault
A1
S1
11
S2
S3
w
L
2CDC 252 102 F0009
Connection diagram CM-IWS.2
11
R<w
A1
A2
L
14
12 14
A1-A2
S1-S3
S2-S3
Connection diagram CM-IWS.1
A1
S1
Control supply voltage
Remote test
Remote reset
L
Measuring circuit/input, system connection
w
Measuring circuit/input, earth connections
11-12/14
Output relay, closed-circuit principle
11
21
R<w
A1
A2 12 14 22 24
12 14 L+ VS V1+ V122 24 L- KE w A2
Control supply voltage
S1-S3
Remote test
S2-S3
Remote reset
L+, L–
Measuring circuit/input, system connection
w, KE
Measuring circuit/input, earth connections
OFF
A2
VL-
11-12/14
Output relay 1, open- or closed-circuit principle
21-22/24
Output relay 2, open- or closed-circuit principle
DIP switch 1
Operating
principle of the
output relays
3
2
DIP switch 2
1
iufg
jveh
12 14
Control supply voltage
S1-S3
Remote test
S2-S3
Remote reset
L+, L–
Measuring circuit/input, system connection
w, KE
Measuring circuit/input, earth connections
1-12/14
Output relay, closed-circuit principle
w
L12
VL+
VS, V1+, V1 Connections for the coupling unit (if used)
2CDC 252 050 F0b09
ON
4
11
A1-A2
A2
Connection diagram CM-IVN
A1-A2
DIP switches of
CM-IWN.1, 4, 5, 6
Position
A1
A2
Connection diagram CM-IWN.1, 4, 5, 6
L+ L- KE w
w
R<w
L+
14
A1 11 21 S1 S2 S3
KE
S3
L+ L- KE
w
12
11
S2
2CDC 252 103 F0009
2)
3)
Non-volatile fault
storage
DIP switch 3
Interrupted wire
detection
DIP switch 4
2 x 1 c/o,
1 x 2 c/o
L- V1-
L+ V1+
VLVL+
L+ V1+
L- V1VS VE Vw
2CDC 252 010 F0013
1)
2CDC 252 104 F0009
2
Operational state
LEDs, status information and fault messages CM-IWS.x
VE
VS
Connection to CM-IWN.x - w
Connection to CM-IWN.x - VS
L+
Connection to CM-IWN.x - L+
V1+
Connection to CM-IWN.x - V1+
L-
Connection to CM-IWN.x - L-
V1-
Connection to CM-IWN.x - V1-
VL+
VLVw
Measuring circuit / Measuring input
Connection to the system
Measuring circuit / Measuring input
Connection to earth
ON
OFF (default)
Closed-circuit principle g
If closed-circuit principle is selected, the output relays deenergize in case a fault is occuring. In non-fault state the
relays are energized.
Open-circuit principle h
If open-circuit principle is selected, the output relays
energize in case a fault is occuring. In non-fault state the
relays are de-energized.
Fault storage activated (latching) f
If the fault storage function is activated, the output relays
remain in tripped position until a reset is done either by the
front-face button or by the remote reset connection S2-S3.
This function is non-volatile.
Fault storage de-activated (non latching) e
If the fault storage function is de-activated, the output
relays switch back to their original position as soon as the
insulation fault no longer exists.
Interrupted wire detection activated u
With this configuration, the CM-IWN.1 monitoring relays
the wires connected to w and KE for interruptions.
Interrupted wire detection de-activated v With this
configuration the interrupted wire detection is deactivated.
2 x 1 c/o (SPDT) contact i
If operating principle 2 x 1 c/o contact is selected, the
output relay R1 (11-12/14) reacts to threshold value R1
(final switch-off) and the output relay R2 (21-22/24) reacts
to threshold value R2 (prewarning)
1 x 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts j
If operating principle 1 x 2 c/o contacts is selected, both
output relays R1 (11-12/14) and R2 (21-22/24) react
synchronously to threshold value R1. Settings of the
threshold value R2 have no effect on the operation.
2/67 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Technical data
Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values, unless otherwise indicated
CM-IWS.2
Input circuit - Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage U s
CM-IWS.1
24-240 V AC/DC
Rated control supply voltage tolerance
Typical current / power consumption
-15...+10 %
24 V DC 30 mA / 0.7 VA
115 V AC 12 mA / 1.4 VA
230 V AC 12 mA / 2.8 VA
DC or 15-400 Hz
Rated frequency f s
Frequency range AC
Power failure buffering time
Input circuit - Measuring circuit
Monitoring function
Measuring principle
2
35 mA / 0.9 VA
17 mA / 2.0 VA
14 mA / 3.2 VA
Voltage range of the distribution system to be monitored
Rated frequency f N of the distribution system to be monitored
System leakage capacitance C e
max. 10 µF
Tolerance of the rated frequency f N
45-65 Hz
Extraneous DC voltage U fg (when connected to an AC system)
max. none
Number of possible response / threshold values
Adjustment range of the specified response value R an
(threshold)
1
min.-max. 1-100 h
min.-max. R1 –
min.-max. R2 –
Adjustment resolution
1 kh
R1 1 kh
R2 –
at 1-10 kW R F ±0.5 kh
at 10-100 kW R F ±6 %
Tolerance of the adjusted threshold value /
Relative percentage uncertainty A
at -5...+45 °C, U n = 0-115 %, U s = 85-110 %, f N, f s, C e = 1µF
55 mA / 1.3 VA
20 mA / 2.3 VA
15 mA / 3.5 VA
13.5-440 Hz
min. 20 ms
L, w
L+, L-, w, KE
L+, L-, w, KE
insulation resistance monitoring of IT systems (IEC/EN 61557-8)
superimposed DC
prognostic measuring principle with
voltage
superimposed square wave signal
0-400 V AC
0-250 V AC /
0-400 V AC /
0-300 V DC
0-600 V DC
0-460 V AC
0-287.5 V AC /
0-460 V AC /
(tolerance +15 %)
0-345 V DC
0-690 V DC
(tolerance +15 %)
(tolerance +15 %)
50-60 Hz
DC or 15-400 Hz
DC or 15-400 Hz
Nominal voltage U n of the distribution system to be monitored
13.5-440 Hz
CM-IWN.1: 20 µF
CM-IWN.4: 500 µF
CM-IWN.5 1000 µF
CM-IWN.6: 2000 µF
13.5-440 Hz
290 V DC
460 V DC
2
–
1-100 kh
2-200 kh (activated /
de-activated by DIPswitch)
1 kh
2 kh
–
–
at 1-15 kW R F –
±1 kh*
±8 %
at 15-200 kW R F –
Hysteresis related to the threshold value
Internal impedance Z i
CM-IWN.1, 4, 5, 6
A1 - A2
25 %; min. 2 kh
at 50 Hz 135 kh
100 kh
155 kh
185 kh
15 V
115 kh
22 V
185 kh
24 V
0.3 mA
0.15 mA
Internal DC resistance R i
Measuring voltage U m
Tolerance of measuring voltage U m
+10 %
Measuring current I m
max. 0.1 mA
Response time t an
pure AC system
0.5 x R an and C e = 1 µF max. 10 s
DC system or AC system with connected rectifiers
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters)
Accuracy of R a (measured value) within the rated control supply voltage tolerance
Accuracy of R a (measured value) within the
operation temperature range
Transient overvoltage protection (w - terminal)
Input circuit - Control circuits
Control inputs - volt free
Maximum switching current in the control circuit
Maximum cable length to the control inputs
Minimum control pulse length
No-load voltage at the control input
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage
Fault message
Relay status
–
max. 15 s
< 0.1 % of full scale
< 0.05 % of full scale
at 1-10 kh R F 5 W / K
at 10-100 kh R F 0.05 % / K
at 10-200 kh R F –
Z-diode
–
0.05 % / K
avalanche diode
S1 - S2 - S3
S1-S3 remote test
S2-S3 remote reset
1 mA
50 m - 100 pF/m [164 ft - 30.5 pF/ft]
150 ms
≤ 24 V ± 5 %
≤ 24 V DC
LED U (green)
LED F (red)
LED R (yellow)
*in combination with CM-IVN ±1.5 kh
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/68
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Technical data
CM-IWS.2
2
CM-IWS.1
CM-IWN.1, 4, 5, 6
Output circuits
Kind of output
relay, 1 c/o (SPDT) contact
Operating principle
closed-circuit principle
Contact material
Rated voltage (VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1)
Min. switching voltage / Min. switching current
Max. switching voltage / Max. switching current
Rated operational current I e (IEC/EN 609475-1)
AgNi alloy, Cd free
250 V AC / 300 V DC
24 V / 10 mA
see data sheet
4A
3A
4A
2A
B 300, pilot duty general purpose (250 V, 4 A, cos φ 0.75)
2 x 1 or 1 x 2 c/o
(SPDT) contacts
configurable
open- or closed
circuit principle 1)
configurable
1)
AC-12 (resistive) at 230 V
AC-15 (inductive) at 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) at 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) at 24 V
AC rating (UL 508)
Utilization category
(Control Circuit Rating Code)
max. rated operational voltage 250 V AC
max. continuous thermal 4 A
current at B 300
max. making/breaking 3600/360 VA
apparent power at B 300
Mechanical lifetime
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A)
0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection
n/c contact 6 A fast-acting
n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
Conventional thermal current I th (IEC/EN 60947-1)
4A
General data
Duty time
Dimensions (W x H x D)
100 %
product dimension 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm
(0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
packaging dimenesion 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
Weight
net weight CM-IWS.2P:
CM-IWS.1P:
0.130 kg (0.287 lb)
0.137 kg (0.302 lb)
CM-IWS.2S:
CM-IWS.1S:
0.141 kg (0.311 lb)
0.148 kg (0.326 lb)
gross weight CM-IWS.2P:
CM-IWS.1P:
0.155 kg (0.342 lb)
0.162 kg (0.357 lb)
CM-IWS.2S:
CM-IWS.1S:
0.166 kg (0.366 lb)
0.173 kg (0.381 lb)
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting
any
vertical not necessary
horizontal 10 mm (0.39 in)
not necessary
at U n > 240 V
Mounting
Mounting position
Minimum distance to other units
Material of housing
Degree of protection
Electrical connection
Stripping length
Tightening torque
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges
Climatic category
Damp heat, cyclic
Vibration, sinusoidal
Shock, half-sine
1)
10 mm (0.39 in)
at U n > 400 V
UL 94 V-0
housing / terminal IP50 / IP20
Screw connection technology
Wire size
45 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm
(0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
97 x 109 x 30 mm
(3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
CM-IWN.xP:
0.217 kg (0.478 lb)
CM-IWN.xS:
0.241 kg (0.531 lb)
CM-IWN.xP:
0.246 kg (0.542 lb)
CM-IWN.xS:
0.270 kg (0.595 lb)
without any tool
fine-strand with(out) wire end 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (1 x 20-14 AWG)
ferrule 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
8 mm (0.32 in)
0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
operation / storage / transport
IEC/EN 60721-3-3
IEC/EN 60068-2-30
IEC/EN 60255-21-1
IEC/EN 60255-21-2
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if a fault is occuring
Open-circuit principle: Output relay(s) energize(s) if a fault is occuring
2/69 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Easy Connect Technology
(Push-in)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
-25...+60 °C/-40...+85 °C/-40...+85 °C
3K5 (no condensation, no ice formation)
6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Class 2
Class 2
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Technical data
CM-IWS.2
CM-IWS.1
CM-IWN.1, 4, 5, 6
Isolation data
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp between
all isolated circuits
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
supply / measuring circuit 6 kV
supply / output circuit 6 kV
measuring / output circuit 6 kV
output 1 / output circuit 2
4 kV
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
3
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
III
Rated insulation voltage U i
supply / measuring circuit 400 V
300 V
600 V
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
supply / output circuit 300 V
supply / measuring circuit 400 V
300 V
600 V
output 1 / output circuit 2 300 V
Basis isolation for rated control supply voltage
supply / measuring circuit 400 V AC / 300 V DC 250 V AC / 300 V DC 400 V AC / 600 V DC
(IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
supply / output circuit 250 V AC / 300 V DC
measuring / output circuit 400 V AC / 300 V DC 250 V AC / 300 V DC 400 V AC / 600 V DC
output 1 / output 2 250 V AC / 300 V DC
Protective separation (IEC/EN 61140)
supply / output circuit 250 V AC / 250 V DC
supply / measuring circuit 250 V AC / 250 V DC
measuring / output circuit 250 V AC / 250 V DC
Test voltage between all isolated circuits,
supply / output circuit 2.32 kV, 50 Hz, 2 s
routine test (IEC/EN 60255-5, IEC/EN 61010-1)
supply / measuring circuit 2.32 kV, 50 Hz, 2 s
measuring / output circuit 2.2 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
2.53 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
Standards
Product standard
IEC/EN 61557-1, IEC/EN 61557-8, IEC/EN 60255-1, EN 50178
Other standards
EN 50178
Low Voltage Directive
2006/95/EC
EMC Directive
2004/108/EC
RoHS Directive
2011/65/EC
Electromagnetic compability
Interference immunity to
IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61326-2-4
electrostatic discharge
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3, 6 kV / 8 kV
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3, 10 V/m (1 GHz) / 3 V/m (2 GHz) / 1 V/m (2.7 GHz)
electrical fast transient/burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3, 2 kV / 5 kHz
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3, installation class 3, supply circuit and measuring circuit
1 kV L-L, 2 kV L-earth
conducted disturbances, induced by
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3, 10 V
radio-frequency fields
voltage dips, short interruptions and
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Class 3
voltage variations
harmonics and interharmonics
IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
Interference emissions
IEC/EN 61000-6-3, IEC/EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/70
2
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Technical data CM-IVN
Input circuit - Measuring circuit
Function
2
VL+, VL-, Vw
expansion of the nominal voltage range of the insulation monitoring relay
CM-IWN to 690 V AC or 1000 V DC, max. length of connection cable 40 cm
see CM-IWN
0-690 V AC / 0-1000 V DC
0-793.5 V AC / 0-1150 V DC (tolerance +15 %)
DC or 15-400 Hz
Measuring principle
Nominal voltage U n of the distribution system to be monitored
Voltage range of the distribution system to be monitored
Rated frequency f N of the distribution system to be monitored
Tolerance of the rated frequency f N
System leakage capacitance C e
Extraneous DC voltage U fg (when
connected to an AC system)
Tolerance of the adjusted threshold value /
Relative percentage uncertainty A at
-5...+ 45 °C, U n = 0-115 %, U s = 85-110 %, f N , f s , C e = 1 μF
Internal impedance Z i
Internal DC resistance R i
Measuring voltage U m
Tolerance of measuring voltage U m
Measuring current I m
13.5-440 Hz
max. identical to that of the insulation monitoring relay used
max. 793.5 V DC
at 1-15 kΩ R F ±1.5 kΩ
at 15-200 kΩ R F ±8 %
at 50 Hz 195 kΩ
200 kΩ
24 V
+10 %
0.15 mA
General data
MTBF
Duty time
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
gross weight
net weight
Mounting
Mounting position
Minimum distance to other units
vertical
horizontal
Degree of protection
Electrical connection
Wire size
fine-strand with(out) wire 2 x 0.75-2.5 mm² (2 x 18-14 AWG)
end ferrule
rigid 2 x 0.5-4 mm² (2 x 20-12 AWG)
7 mm (0.28 in)
0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
40 cm
Stripping length
Tightening torque
Max. length of connection cable to CM-IWN
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges
operation
Climatic category
Damp heat, cyclic
Vibration, sinusoidal
Shock, half-sine
Isolation data
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp between all
isolated circuits
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1,VDE 0110-1)
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1, VDE 0110-1)
Rated insulation voltage U i
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1,VDE 0110-1)
Test voltage between all isolated circuits, routine test
(IEC/EN 60255-5, IEC/EN 61010-1)
Standards
Product standard
Other standards
Low Voltage Directive
EMC Directive
RoHS Directive
Electromagnetic compability
Interference immunity to
electrostatic discharge
radiated, radio-frequency,
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient/burst
surge
conducted disturbances, induced by
radio-frequency fields
voltage dips, short interruptions and
voltage variations
harmonics and interharmonics
Interference emission
high-frequency radiated
high-frequency conducted
on request
100 %
45 x 78 x 100 mm (1.78 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
0.200 kg (0.441 lb)
0.169 kg (0.373 lb)
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
any
not necessary
10 mm (0.39 in) at U n > 600 V
IP50 / IP20
/ storage / transport
IEC/EN 60721-3-3
IEC/EN 60068-2-30
IEC/EN 60255-21-1
IEC/EN 60255-21-2
-25...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C / -40...+85 °C
3K5 (no condensation, no ice formation)
6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Class 2
Class 2
input circuit / PE 8 kV
3
III
input circuit / PE 1000 V
input circuit / PE 3.3 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
IEC/EN 61557-1, IEC/EN 61557-8, IEC/EN 60255-1, EN 50178
EN 50178
2006/95/EC
2004/108/EC
2011/65/EC
IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61326-2-4
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3, 6 kV / 8 kV
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3, 10 V/m (1 GHz) / 3 V/m (2 GHz) / 1 V/m (2.7 GHz)
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3, 2 kV / 5 kHz
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3, installation class 3, supply circuit
and measuring circuit 1 kV L-L, 2 kV L-earth
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3, 10 V
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Level 3
IEC/EN 61000-6-3, IEC/EN 61000-6-4
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 50022 Class B
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 50022 Class B
2/71 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Insulation monitoring relays for unearthed supply systems
Notes
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/72
Motor load monitoring relays
Product picture
2
2/73 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Motor load monitoring relays
Table of contents
Motor load monitoring relays
Fields of application
2/75
Ordering details
2/76
Technical information
2/77
Technical data
2/78
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/74
2
Motor load monitoring relays
Fields of application
(e.g. pressure transducers, current measurement), cos ϕ
monitoring is a more precise and economical alternative.
The motor is used as a sensor for its own load status.
Pump control
Dry-running protection
Detected fault - installation is
switched off
M 3~
L1
L2
L3
N
50-60 Hz
~
~
110-500 V, 15-400 Hz
50-60 Hz
L1
L2
L3
N
U1
U V W
M 3~
U2
M 1~
110-240 V
15-400 Hz
DC
K1
Starting time delay
Detected fault - installation is
switched off
Wiring examples (for motor
currents  20 A)
K1
L1
L2
L3
1SVC 110 000 F 0473
1SVC 110 000 F 0472
Starting time delay
AC
2/75 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
50-60 Hz
U V W
M 3~
K
l
L
K1
U V W
M 3~
L1
N
K1
k
1SVC 110 000 F 0131
U V W
1SVC 110 000 F 0471
Filter pollution
V-belt monitoring
50-60 Hz
k
K
l
L
K1
U1
U2
M 1~
1SVC 110 000 F 0132
K1
Response delay
1SVC 110 000 F 0132
L1
N
Detected fault - installation is
switched off
Ventilator monitoring
1SVC 110 000 F 0133
50-60 Hz
Starting time delay
Detected fault - installation is
switched off
Response delay
1SVC 110 000 F 0131
L1
L2
L3
N
Filter pollution
1SVC 110 000 F 0470
Starting time delay
Wiring examples (for motor currents  20 A)
1SVC 110 000 F 0133
2
The motor load monitor relay monitors the load states of
single-phase and three-phase asynchronous motors.
The evaluation of the phase angle between current and voltage allows a very precise monitoring of the load states.
Compared with other conventional measuring principles
Main applications
–– Pump monitoring
–– Dry-running protection (underload)
–– Closed valves (overload)
–– Pipe break (overload)
–– H eating, air-conditioning, ventilation
–– Monitoring of filter pollution
–– V-belt breakage (underload)
–– Closed shutters/valves (overload)
–– Air ventilating volume
–– Agitating machines
–– High consistency within the tank (overload)
–– Pollution of the tank (overload)
–– Transport/Conveyance
–– Congested conveyor belts (overload)
–– Jamming of belts (overload)
–– Material accumulation in spiral conveyors (overload)
–– Lifting platforms
–– M achine installation
–– Wear of tools, e.g. worn saw blades in circular saws,
etc. (overload)
–– Tool breakage (underload)
–– V-belt drives (breakage underload)
Motor load monitoring relays
Ordering details
Description
1SVR 450 335 F0100
The motor load monitor CM-LWN monitors the load of single-phase and three-phase asynchronous motors. The evaluation of the phase angle between current and voltage (cos j
monitoring) allows a very precise monitoring of the load status.
Ordering details
Rated control supply voltage Current range Type
= measuring voltage
CM-LWN
Order code
Price
Weight
(1 pce)
1 pce
kg (lb)
24-240 V AC/DC
1SVR450335R0000
0.30 (0.66)
110-130 V AC
1SVR450330R0000
0.30 (0.66)
220-240 V AC
1SVR450331R0000
0.30 (0.66)
380-440 V AC
0.5-5 A
1SVR450332R0000
0.30 (0.66)
480-500 V AC
1SVR450334R0000
0.30 (0.66)
1SVR450335R0100
0.30 (0.66)
1SVR450330R0100
0.30 (0.66)
1SVR450331R0100
0.30 (0.66)
380-440 V AC
1SVR450332R0100
0.30 (0.66)
480-500 V AC
1SVR450334R0100
0.30 (0.66)
CM-LWN
24-240 V AC/DC
110-130 V AC
220-240 V AC
2-20 A
Current transformers „Ordering details - CM-CT current transformers“ on page 131”
Characteristics
– – P ump monitoring
– – U nder- and overload monitoring cos j in one unit
– – A djustable starting delay 0.3-30 s
– – D irect measurement of currents up to 20 A
– – A djustable response time delay 0.2-2 s
– – S ingle-phase or three-phase monitoring
– – 2 x 1 c/o contact, closed-circuit principle
– – 3 LEDs for status indication
1 Starting delay „Time S“
2 Response delay „Time R“
1
2
3
4
3 Threshold for load limit cos ϕmax
4 Threshold for load limit cos ϕmin
5 Reset button
6 Indication of operational states
U: green LED – control supply voltage
cos ϕ max: red LED – cos ϕ max exceeded
cos ϕ min: red LED – below cos ϕ min
7 Marker label
5
2CDC 253 010 F0013
7
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/76
2
Motor load monitoring relays
Technical information
1SVC 110 000 F0130
Function diagram - CM-LWN
A1-A2
Current in L1
con ϕmax
hysteresis
con ϕmin
15-18
15-16
25-28
25-26
Reset button
Red LED - cos ϕmin
Red LED - cos ϕmax
TS
TR
TR
TR TS
Connection diagram CM-LWN
2CDC 252 105 F0004
2
The CM-LWN module monitors the load status of inductive loads.
The primary application is the monitoring of single- or three-phase asynchronous motors (squirrel cage) under varying load
conditions. The measuring principle is based on the evaluation of the phase shift (ϕ) between the voltage and the current in one
phase.
The phase difference is nearly inversely proportional to the load. Therefore, cos ϕ, measured relatively from 0 to 1, measures
the relationship of effective power to apparent power. A value towards 0 indicates low load and a value towards 1 indicates
high load.
Threshold values can be set individually for cos ϕ max and cos ϕ min If the set threshold value is reached, a LED lights up and the
relay is de-energized.
If cos ϕ returns to the acceptable limits (taking into account the hysteresis), the relay is reset to its original state and the LED
flashes permanently to indicate the occurrence of the trip event. This message can be deleted using the reset button or by
switching off the supply.
A time delay (Time S) of 0.3 to 30 s can be set for the starting phase of the motor. It is also possible to set a response delay
time (Time R) of 0.2 to 2 s to suppress unwanted tripping due to unavoidable short load changes during normal operation.
To guarantee correct operation of the response delay (Time R), the adjusted value for cos ϕ max has to be higher than the value
for cos ϕ min plus the hysteresis. Consequently, the overload and underload indication must not be active at the same time.
Due to the internal electrical isolation of the supply circuit and the measuring circuit, it is also possible to use the device in systems with different supply voltages.
A1-A2
L1/K-L1/L
L1/K-L2-L3 15-16/18
25-26/28
Rated control supply voltage
Measuring current
Measuring voltage
Output contacts - underload (cos ϕ min)
Output contacts - overload (cos ϕ max)
closed-circuit principle
2/77 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Motor load monitoring relays
Technical data
Type
Input circuit - Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage U s - power
consumption
Rated control supply voltage U s tolerance
Rated frequency
Duty time
Measuring circuit
Monitoring function
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
AC versions
AC/DC versions
Voltage range
Current range
Permissible overload of current input
Thresholds
CM-LWN
A1-A2
24-240 V AC/DC approx. 8.4 VA/W
110-130 V AC approx. 3.6 VA
220-240 V AC approx. 3.6 VA
380-440 V AC approx. 3.6 VA
480-500 V AC approx. 3.6 VA
-15 %...+10 %
50-60 Hz
15-400 Hz or DC
100 %
L1/L-L1/K-L2-L3
Motor load monitoring by cos ϕ
L1/K-L2-L3 110-500 V AC single-phase or three-phase
L1/L-L1/K 0.5-5 A version 2-20 A version
25 A for 3 s 100 A for 3 s
cos ϕmin and cos ϕmax adjustable from 0 to 1
Hysteresis (related to phase angle ϕ in °)
Frequency of measuring voltage
Response time
Timing circuits
Start-up time (Time S)
Response delay (Time R)
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance
Accuracy within the temperature range
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage
below cos ϕmin
cos ϕmax exceeded
4°
15-400 Hz
300 ms
Output circuits
Kind of output
Operational principle
Contact material
Rated voltage (VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 947-1)
Max. switching voltage
Rated operational current I e (IEC/EN 60947-1)
15-16/18, 25-26/28
2 x 1 c/o contact
closed-circuit principle 1)
AgCdO
250 V
400 V AC, 300 V DC
4A
3A
4A
2A
B 300
300 V AC
5A
3600/360 VA
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
10 A fast-acting / 10 A fast-acting
AC rating (UL 508)
indication of over- and undervoltage fault
0.3-30 s, adjustable
0.2-2 s, adjustable
t m 0.5 %
t m 0.06 % / °C
U: green LED
cos ϕmin: red LED
cos ϕmax: red LED
AC-12 (resistive) 230 V
AC-15 (inductive) 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V
Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code)
max. rated operational voltage
max. continuous thermal current at B 300
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300
Mechanical lifetime
Electrical lifetime
at AC-12, 230 V, 4 A
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit
n/c / n/o contact
protection
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Mounting position
Degree of protection
housing / terminals
Ambient temperature range
operation / storage
Mounting
Electrical connection
Wire size
fine-strand with wire end ferrule
Standards
Product standard
Low Voltage Directive
EMC Directive
Electromagnetic compatibility
electrostatic discharge
IEC/EN 61000-4-2
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field
IEC/EN 61000-4-3
electrical fast transient / burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-4
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5
conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fieldsI EC/EN 61000-4-6
Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-6)
Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6)
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30)
Isolation data
Rating (HD 625.1 S1, VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60255-5)
Rated insulation voltage between supply- , measuring- and output circuit
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits
Test voltage between all isolated circuits
Pollution category
Overvoltage category
1)
45 mm x 78 mm x 100 mm (1.77 inch x 3.07 inch x 3.94 inch)
any
IP50 / IP20
-25...+65 °C / -40...+85 °C
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
2 x 2.5 mm 2 (2 x 14 AWG)
IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
2006/95/EC
2004/108/EC, 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/67/EEC
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
Level 3 (10 V/m)
Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz)
Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
Level 3 (10 V)
5g
10 g
24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
250 V, 400 V, 500 V depending on the version
4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs
2,5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
3
III
Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/78
2
Motor control and protection
Product group picture
2
2/79 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Motor control and protection
Table of contents
Motor control and protection
Benefits and advantages
2/81
Technical data
2/82
2
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/80
Motor control and protection
Benefits and advantages
2
UMC100.3 is a flexible, modular and expandable motor management system for constant-speed low-voltage range motors.
It's most important tasks include motor protection, prevention of plant standstills and the reduction of down time. This is made
possible by early information relating to possible motor problems which avoids unplanned plant standstills. Even if a motor
trips, quick diagnosis of the cause of the fault serves to reduce downtime.
UMC100.3 combines in a very compact unit:
Motor protection
– – Overload, underload
– – Overvoltage, undervoltage
– – Blocked rotor, low / high current
– – Phase failure, imbalance, phase sequence
– – Earth leakage
– – Thermistor protection
– – Limitation of starts per time
– – One single version with integrated measuring system covers the rated motor current from 0.24 to 63 A
Motor control
– – Integrated and easy to parametrize motor starter functions
like direct, reverse, star-delta,...
– – Additionally free programmable logic for application specific control functions
– – Expansion modules DX111, DX122 for more I/Os
– – Expansion modules VI150, VI155 for 3-phase voltage
measuring
– – Analog and temperature module AI111
Motor diagnostics
– – Quick and comprehensive access to all relevant data via
fieldbus and/or operator panel
– – Current, thermal load
– – Phase voltages
– – Power factor
– – Energy
Further information
UMC Catalog
UMC Brochure
Communication
–– Communication-independent basic device
–– Freely selectable fieldbus protocol with FieldBusPlug
–– Profibus DP
–– DeviceNet
–– Modbus RTU
–– Ethernet Modbus TCP
–– Profinet
Typical application segments
–– Oil & gas
–– Cement
–– Paper
–– Mining
–– Steel
–– Chemical industry
2CDC 190 022 C0206
2CDC 135 011 B0203
2/81 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Motor control and protection
Technical data
Basic device UMC100.3
Main power
Voltage
max 1000 V AC
Frequency
45…65 Hz
Rated motor current
0.24…63 A, without accessories
Higher currents with external transformer
Tripping classes
5E, 10E, 20E, 30E, 40E in accordance with EN/IEC 60947-4-1
Short-circuit protection
Separate fuse on network side
Control unit
Supply voltage
24 V DC, 110-240 V AC/DC
Inputs
6 digital inputs 24 V DC
1 PTC input
Outputs
3 digital relay outputs
1 digital transistor output
Expansion modules
The UMC100.3 can be expanded with maximum 4 expanstion modules: One digital expansion module DX111 or
DX122, one module VI150 or VI155 and 2 analog modules AI111.
Communication takes place via a simple two-wire line. The maximum distance allowed between the UMC100.3
and the expansion module is 3 m.
Digital expansion modules DX111 / DX122
Expands the UMC100.3 to include additional digital inputs and outputs and an analog output
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Inputs
DX111: 8 digital inputs 24 V DC
DX122 8 digital inputs 110/230 V AC
Outputs
4 digital relay outputs
1 analog output, 0/4…20 mA, / 0…10 V configurable
Voltage modules VI150/VI155
Voltage modules for determining phase voltages, power factor (cos j), active power, apparent power, energy,
harmonic content (THD)
VI150 for use in grounded networks
VI155 for use in grounded and ungrounded networks
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Voltage inputs
L1, L2, L3
Rated voltage range
150 … 690 V AC
Outputs
1 digital relay output
Analog module AI111
Expand the UMC100.3 with analog and temperature inputs
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Inputs
0-10 V, 0/4-20 mA
PT100, PT1000, 2- or 3-wire connection
KTY83, KTY84, NTC
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/82
2
Motor control and protection
Technical data
Ethernet communication interfaces
Mounted in the MCC cable chamber; connection of 1 to 4 motor controllers UMC100.3 via simple cables
2
MTQ22
for Modbus TCP
PNQ22
for Profinet IO
Fieldbus communication interfaces
Can be mounted direct on the UMC100.3 or separate in the cable chamber of the MCC.
Connection for standard fieldbus cables with 9-pole Sub-D (Profibus DP) or terminal blocks
PDP32
for Profibus DP
DNP31
for DeviceNet
MRP31
for Modbus RTU
CEM11 earth leakage sensors
Summation current transformer for connecting to a digital input
Mounting with bracket on DIN busbar or wall
Models
CEM11-FBP.20
80 – 1.700 mA
20 mm Ø
CEM11-FBP.35
100 – 3.400 mA
35 mm Ø
CEM11-FBP.60
120 – 6.800 mA
60 mm Ø
CEM11-FBP.120
300 – 13.600 mA
120 mm Ø
Current transformer CT4L / CT5L
Only required for rated motor currents >63 A
Linear transformer, 3-phase with terminal block, designed for connecting leads Cu 2.5 mm 2
UMC100-PAN control panel
Installation on the device or on the switching cabinet door
Graphics-enabled and backlit display, 3 LEDs for status indication
Freely configurable error messages
USB port for PC connection
Multilingual: German, English, French, Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish, Russian
2/83 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Motor control and protection
Notes
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/84
Thermistor motor protection relays
Product group picture
2
2/85 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Thermistor motor protection relays
Table of contents
Thermistor motor protection relays
Benefits and advantages, Applications
2/87
Operating controls
2/88
Selection table CM-MSS range
2/89
Ordering details
2/90
Ordering details - PTC temperature sensors C011
2/91
Technical data
2/92
Connection diagrams
2/95
Circuit diagram
2/96
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/86
2
Thermistor motor protection relays
Benefits and advantages, Applications
2
The thermistor motor protection relays of the CM-MSx range protect motors with
PTC sensors against high temperature. These sensors are incorporated in the
motor windings thus measuring the motor heat directly.
Direct temperature measuring
Generally, motor damages caused by overload or overheating
situations can be prevented in different ways. Compared to
the indirect temperature measuring which monitors the motor
current, the temperature inside the motor can be measured by
direct temperature measuring.
This enables direct control and evaluation of the following
operating conditions like:
–– Heavy duty starting
–– Increased switching frequency
–– Single phase operation
–– Phase unbalance
–– High ambient temperature
–– Insufficient cooling
–– Breaking operation
Therefore the consequences from overheating like abrasion as
well as electrical failures can be prevented.
The direct measuring principle is carried out by a combination
of the thermistor motor protection relay and 3 PTC sensors
which are installed directly in the motor by the manufacturer. Those 3 PTC sensors are placed directly at the thermal
hotspots, the motor windings.
Monitoring the motor
The thermistor motor protection relay measures the resistance
of the PTC sensors which reflects the internal motor temperature permanently.
If the temperature in the motor windings rises excessively and
reaches the nominal response temperature (NRT), the thermistor motor protection relay detects this situation and the
output relay switches off.
By doing so the motor contactor gets triggered and switches
off the motor.
CM-MSS functionality video
Characteristics CM-MSS1)
–– Different types of contacts available
–– 1 x 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
–– 2 x 1 c/o (SPDT) contact
–– 1 n/o and 1 n/c contact
–– 1 or 2 measuring circuits
–– Different types of reset functions
–– Automatic
–– Manual
–– Remote
–– Rated control supply voltages
–– 24 V AC/DC
–– 24-240 V AC/DC
–– 110-130 V AC, 220-240 V AC
–– Approvals / Marks
Features 1)
– – Additional functions:
–– Dynamic interrupted wire detection
–– Short-circuit monitoring of the sensor circuit
–– Non-volatile fault storage
–– Single or sum evaluation
– – Easy configuration via DIP switches
– – LEDs to distinguish between different failure causes
– – Screw connection technology or Easy Connect Technology
available
– – Test/Reset button available
A C R K E I1) / a b
Characteristics CM-MSE
–– Auto reset
–– Connection of several sensors (max. 6 sensors
connected in series)
–– Monitoring of bimetals
–– 1 n/o contact
–– Excellenct cost / performance ratio
2/87 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
1)
Depending on device the characteristics vary, for detailled overview see „Selection
table CM-MSx range“ on page 89.
Thermistor motor protection relays
Operating controls
1 Test / Reset button
Reset - only possible if measured value < switch-on resistance
2 Indication of operational states with LEDs
U: green LED - Status indication of control supply voltage V
Control supply voltage applied
1
F: red LED - Fault message
R: yellow LED - Status indication of the output relay
2
3 Marker label / DIP switches (depending on device) e.g.
i Single evaluation 2 x 1 c/o (SPDT) contact
j Accumulative evaluation 1 x 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
y Short-circuit detection de-activated
x Short-circuit detection activated
f Non-volatile fault storage activated
e Non-volatile fault storage de-activated
2CDC 253 001 F0015
3
LEDs, status information and fault messages CM-MSS
Operational state
Absence of control supply voltage
U: green LED
OFF
F: red LED
OFF
R: yellow LED
OFF
No fault
OFF
V
Y
Z
V
W
OFF
OFF
OFF
--
X
X
Control supply voltage not within the tolerance range
V
V
V
V
V
X
V
V
X
Internal fault
2)
OFF
Internal fault
2)
X
Short circuit
Interrupted wire
Measuring circuit 1: Overtemperature
Measuring circuit 2: Overtemperature
Test function
Fault rectified but not confirmed
Change of configuration not confirmed
1)
2)
1)
OFF
V
W
X
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
W
X
Depending on the fault with the highest priority
Restart the device. If after restart the same fault is indicated, replace the device.
In case of several faults, the fault with the higher priority is shown. The reset can be made after rectification and confirmation of the last fault.
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/88
2
Order code
1SVR550805R9300
1SVR550800R9300
1SVR550801R9300
1SVR740720R1400
1SVR730720R1400
1SVR740700R0100
1SVR730700R0100
1SVR740700R2100
1SVR730700R2100
1SVR740722R1400
1SVR730722R1400
1SVR740700R0200
1SVR730700R0200
1SVR740700R2200
1SVR730700R2200
1SVR740712R1400
1SVR730712R1400
1SVR740712R0200
1SVR730712R0200
1SVR740712R2200
1SVR730712R2200
1SVR740712R1200
1SVR730712R1200
1SVR740712R1300
1SVR730712R1300
CM-MSE
CM-MSE
CM-MSS.11P
CM-MSS.11S
CM-MSS.12P
CM-MSS.12S
CM-MSS.13P
CM-MSS.13S
CM-MSS.21P
CM-MSS.21S
CM-MSS.22P
CM-MSS.22S
CM-MSS.23P
CM-MSS.23S
CM-MSS.31P
CM-MSS.31S
CM-MSS.32P
CM-MSS.32S
CM-MSS.33P
CM-MSS.33S
CM-MSS.41P
CM-MSS.41S
CM-MSS.51P
CM-MSS.51S
2
Type
CM-MSE
Thermistor motor protection relays
Selection table CM-MSx range
1
1
n
1
n
1
1
1
1
1
n
1
n
1
1
1
1
1
n
1
n
1
n
1
n
1
n
1
n
1
n
1
n
1
n
2
n
2
Characteristics
ATEX approval
Number of sensor circuits
1
Single or accumulative evaluation
Number of LEDs
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
n
3
n
3
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Contacts
1 c/o (SPDT) contact
2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
1 n/o
n
n
n
1 n/c and 1 n/o
n
n
n
n
n
n
2 x 1 c/o or 1 x 2 c/o contacts, configurable
Reset
Manual
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Remote
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Auto
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n 1) n 1) n 1) n 1) n 1) n 1) n 1) n 1) n 1) n 1) n 1) n 1) n 2) n 2)
Test button
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Functions
Short-circuit detection
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Short-circuit detection, configurable
Dynamic interrupted wire detection
n
n
n
n
n
n
Non-volatile fault storage
n
n
n
n
n
n
Non-volatile fault storage, configurable
Rated control supply voltage US
24 V AC
110-130 V AC
220-240 V AC
24-240 V AC/DC
n
n
n
n
n
24 V AC/DC
n
n
n
n
110-130 V AC, 220-240 V AC
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Connection type
Push-in terminals
Double-chamber cage connection terminals
1)
2)
n
n
n
n
n
For automatic reset, connect terminals S1 to T2.
For automatic reset, connect terminals S1 to 1T2/2T2.
2/89 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Thermistor motor protection relays
Ordering details
Description
The thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSx are used to control motors equipped with
PTC temperature sensors. The PTC temperature sensors are incorporated in the motor windings to measure the motor heating. This enables direct control and evaluation of various operating conditions. Depending on the products also ATEX approvals for use in hazardous areas
are availabe.
ABB also offers PTC temperature sensors C011 (according to DIN 44081) which are suitable
for embedding in motor windings.
Ordering details CM-MSx
2CDC 251 014 V0014
Rated control Output
supply
voltage
CM-MSS.51S
Function
24 V AC
110-130 V AC
1 n/o
Autoreset
220-240 V AC
24-240 V AC/DC
1 n/c, 1 n/o
Autoreset, dynamic
interrupted wire detection,
non-volatile fault storage,
ATEX approval
24 V AC/DC
1 c/o (SPDT)
Autoreset
110-130 V AC,
220-240 V AC
1 c/o (SPDT)
Autoreset
24-240 V AC/DC
1 n/c, 1 n/o
Autoreset, dynamic
interrupted wire detection,
non-volatile fault storage,
short-circuit detection,
ATEX approval
24 V AC/DC
2 c/o (SPDT)
Auto, manual or remote reset
110-130 V AC,
220-240 V AC
2 c/o (SPDT)
Auto, manual or remote reset
24-240 V AC/DC
1 n/c, 1 n/o
Auto, manual or remote reset,
dynamic interrupted wire
detection, non-volatile fault
storage, short-circuit detection,
ATEX approval
24 V AC/DC
2 c/o (SPDT)
110-130 V AC,
220-240 V AC
2 c/o (SPDT)
Auto, manual or remote
reset, dynamic interrupted
wire detection, short-circuit
detection, ATEX approval
2 c/o (SPDT)
Auto, manual or remote reset,
dynamic interrupted wire
detection, non-volatile fault
storage, short-circuit detection,
ATEX approval
2x1 c/o or,
1x2 c/o
Auto, manual or remote reset,
dynamic interrupted wire
detection, non-volatile fault
storage, short-circuit detection,
accumulative evaluation,
ATEX approval
24-240 V AC/DC
Type
Order code
Price
Weight
(1 pce)
1 pce
kg (lb)
CM-MSE
1SVR550805R9300
0.11 (0.24)
CM-MSE
1SVR550800R9300
0.11 (0.24)
CM-MSE
1SVR550801R9300
CM-MSS.11P
1SVR740720R1400
CM-MSS.11S
1SVR730720R1400
CM-MSS.12P
1SVR740700R0100
CM-MSS.12S
1SVR730700R0100
CM-MSS.13P
1SVR740700R2100
CM-MSS.13S
1SVR730700R2100
CM-MSS.21P
1SVR740722R1400
0.11 (0.24)
0.119
(0.263)
0.127
(0.280)
0.105
(0.231)
0.113
(0.249)
0.147
(0.324)
0.155
(0.342)
CM-MSS.21S
1SVR730722R1400
0.126
(0.278)
CM-MSS.22P
1SVR740700R0200
CM-MSS.22S
1SVR730700R0200
CM-MSS.23P
1SVR740700R2200
CM-MSS.23S
1SVR730700R2200
CM-MSS.31P
1SVR740712R1400
0.121
(0.267)
0.132
(0.291)
0.163
(0.359)
0.174
(0.384)
CM-MSS.31S
1SVR730712R1400
0.128
(0.282)
CM-MSS.32P
1SVR740712R0200
CM-MSS.32S
1SVR730712R0200
CM-MSS.33P
1SVR740712R2200
CM-MSS.33S
1SVR730712R2200
CM-MSS.41P
1SVR740712R1200
0.120
(0.265)
0.130
(0.287)
0.162
(0.357)
0.172
(0.379)
CM-MSS.41S
1SVR730712R1200
CM-MSS.51P
1SVR740712R1300
CM-MSS.51S
1SVR730712R1300
0.118
(0.260)
0.120
(0.265)
0.130
(0.287)
0.141
(0.311)
0.135
(0.298)
0.145
(0.320)
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/90
2
Thermistor motor protection relays
Ordering details - PTC temperature sensors C011
1SVC 110 000 F0531
2
Temperature sensor characteristics
RPTC
[]
104
103
101
1)
TNF - 20 K
TNF - 5 K
TNF
TNF + 5 K
TNF + 15 K
-20 °C
TPTC [°C]
2CDC 252 068 F0208
102
Temperature sensor C011, standard
version acc. to DIN 44081
2)
Triple temperature sensor C011-3
Description
The PTC temperature sensors (temperature-dependent with positive temperature coefficient)
are selected by the manufacturer of the motor depending on:
– – t he motor insulation class according to IEC/EN 60034-11,
– – t he special characteristics of the motor, such as the conductor cross-section of the windings, the permissible overload factor etc.
– – special conditions prescribed by the user, such as the permissible ambient temperature,
risks resulting from locked rotor, extent of permitted overload etc.
One temperature sensor must be embedded in each phase winding. For instance, in case of
three-phase squirrel cage motors, three sensors are embedded in the stator windings. For
pole-changing motors with one winding (Dahlander connection), 3 sensors are also sufficient.
Pole-changing motors with two windings, however, require The sensors are suitable for embedding in motor windings with rated operating voltages of up to 600 V AC. Conductor length:
500 mm per sensor. A 14 V varistor can be connected in parallel to protect the sensors from
overvoltage. Due to their characteristics, the thermistor motor protection relays can also be
used with PTC temperature sensors of other manufacturers which comply with DIN 44 081
and DIN 44 082 6 sensors.
If an additional warning is required before the motor is switched off, separate sensors for a
correspon­d ingly lower temperature must be embedded in the winding. They have to be connected to a second control unit.
Ordering details
Rated response
temperature TNF
70 °C
80 °C
90 °C
100 °C
110 °C
120 °C
130 °C
140 °C
150 °C
160 °C
170 °C
150 °C
Color coding
Type
Order code
white-brown
white-white
green-green
red-red
brown-brown
gray-gray
blue-blue
white-blue
black-black
blue-red
white-green
black-black
C011-701)
C011-801)
C011-901)
C011-1001)
C011-1101)
C011-1201)
C011-1301)
C011-1401)
C011-1501)
C011-1601)
C011-1701)
C011-3-1502)
Price
Weight
(1 pce)
kg (lb)
0.02 (0.044)
0.02 (0.044)
0.02 (0.044)
0.02 (0.044)
0.02 (0.044)
0.02 (0.044)
0.02 (0.044)
0.02 (0.044)
0.02 (0.044)
0.02 (0.044)
0.02 (0.044)
0.05 (0.11)
1 pce
GHC0110003R0001
GHC0110003R0002
GHC0110003R0003
GHC0110003R0004
GHC0110003R0005
GHC0110003R0006
GHC0110003R0007
GHC0110003R0011
GHC0110003R0008
GHC0110003R0009
GHC0110003R0010
GHC0110033R0008
Technical data
Characteristic data
Cold-state resistance
Warm-state resistance ± 5 up to 6 K
of rated
response temperature T NF
Thermal time constant, sensor open 1)
Permitted ambient temperature
Sensor type C011
50 -100 q at 25 °C
10 000 q
<5s
+180 °C
Rated response tempera-
PTC resistance R
ture w tolerance TNF w iTNF
from -20 °C to TNF
- 20 K
70 w5 °C
80 w5 °C
90 w5 °C
100 w5 °C
110 w5 °C
120 w5 °C
130 w5 °C
140 w5 °C
150 w5 °C
160 w5 °C
170 w7 °C
1)
2)
m 100 q
Not embedded in windings.
For triple temperature sensor take values x 3.
2/91 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
PTC resistance R2) at PTC temperatures of:
TNF + 15 K
TNF - iTNF
TNF + iTNF
(UPTC m 2.5 V)
(UPTC m 7.5 V)
(UPTC m 2.5 V)
m 570 q
M 570 q
-
m 550 q
M 1330 q
M 4000 q
m 570 q
M 570 q
-
Thermistor motor protection relays
Technical data
Technical data
Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values, unless otherwise indicated
Supply circuit - Input circuit
CM-MSS.x1
Rated control supply voltage U s
CM-MSS.x2
CM-MSS.x3
A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
220-240 V AC
A2-A3 -
-
110-130 V AC
Rated control supply voltage U s tolerance
-15...+10 %
Rated frequency
15-400 Hz
50-60 Hz
Electrical insulation between supply circuit and measuring circuit
yes
no
Power failure buffering time
20 ms
yes
Supply circuit - Measuring circuit / Sensor circuit
Number of circuits
1 (CM-MSS.51: 2)
Sensor type
PTC type A (DIN/EN 44081, DIN/EN 44082)
Max. total resistance of sensors connected in series, cold state
< 750
Overtemperature
monitoring
W
switch-off resistance (relay de-energizes) 2.83 kW w 1% (CM-MSS.12 /.13 /.22 /.23: 2.7 kW w 5%)
switch-on resistance (relay energizes) 1.1 kW w 1% (CM-MSS.12 /.13 /.22 /.23: 1.2 kW w 5%)
Maximum voltage in sensor circuit
1.33 kW 2.5 V
4 kW 3.7 V
y kW 5.5 V
3.7 mA
Maximum current in sensor circuit
Maximum sensor cable length
2 x 100 m at 0.75 mm 2, 2 x 400 m at 2.5 mm 2
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance
0.50 % (CM-MSS.12 /.13 /.22 /.23: 5 %)
Accuracy within the temperature range
0.01 %/K (CM-MSS.12 /.13 /.22 /.23: 0.5 %/K)
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters)
on request
Reaction time of the safety function
< 100 ms
Hardware fault tolerance (HFT)
0
Control circuit
Control function
see „Selection table CM-MSx range“ on page 89
Maximum no-load voltage
5.5 V
Max. current
0.6 mA (CM-MSS.12 /.13 /.22 /.23: 1.2 mA)
Maximum cable length
2 x 100 m at 0.75 mm², 2 x 400 m at 2.5 mm²
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage
U LED green
Relay status
R LED yellow
Fault message
F LED red
Output circuit
Kind of output
see „Selection table CM-MSx range“ on page 89
Operating principle
closed-circuit principle
Contact material
AgNi alloy, Cd free
Rated operational voltage U e (IEC/EN 60947-1)
250 V AC
Minimum switching voltage / Minimum switching current
24 V / 10 mA
Maximum switching voltage / Maximum switching current
see data sheet
Rated operating current I e
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
AC-12 (resistive) at 230 V 4 A
AC-15 (inductive) at 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) at 24 V 4 A
DC-13 (inductive) at 24 V 2 A
AC Rating (UL 508)
utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
maximum rated operational voltage 250 V AC
maximum continuous thermal current at B 300 4 A
maximum making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime
Electrical lifetime
Maximum fuse rating to achieve short-circuit
protection
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
at AC12, 230 V AC, 4 A 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
n/c contact 10 A fast-acting (CM-MSS.12, CM-MSS.13, CM-MSS.51: 6 A)
n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/92
2
Thermistor motor protection relays
Technical data - CM-MSS
General data
MTBF
on request
Duty time
2
100 %
Dimensions (W x H x D)
product dimensions 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
packaging dimensions 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
Weight
see „Ordering details“ on page 90
Mounting
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position
any
Minimum distance to other units
vertical 10 mm (0.394 in) if switching current > 2 A
horizontal 10 mm (0.394 in) if switching current > 2 A
Material of housing
UL 94 V-0
Degree of protection
housing IP50
terminals IP20
Electrical connection
Screw connection technology
Wire size
Easy Connect Technology (push-in)
fine‑strand with(out) wire end 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm (1 x 20-14 AWG)
ferrule 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
rigid 1 x 0.5-4 mm 2 (1 x 20-12 AWG)
2 x 0.5-2.5 mm2 (2 x 20-14 AWG)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 20-16 AWG)
2
Stripping length
8 mm (0.32 in)
Tightening torque
0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
-
Wire end ferrule
according to DIN 46228-1-A,
DIN 46228-4-E
-
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges
operation -25 °C...+60 °C
storage -40 °C...+85 °C
Damp heat, cyclic (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Climatic category (IEC/EN 60721-3-3)
3K5 (no condensation, no ice formation)
Vibration, sinusoidal (IEC/EN 60255-21-1)
Class 2
Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2)
Class 2
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage
U i (IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60664-1)
Supply circuit / Measuring circuit1) 300 V AC (CM-MSS.x2: n/a)
Supply circuit / Output circuits 300 V AC
Measuring circuit1) / Output circuits 300 V AC
Output circuit 1 / Output circuit 2 300 V AC
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
U imp (IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60664-1)
Basic insulation
(IEC/EN 60664-1)
Supply circuit / Measuring circuit1) 4 kV / 6 kV (CM-MSS.x2: n/a)
Supply circuit / Output circuits 4 kV / 6 kV
Measuring circuit1) / Output circuits 4 kV / 6 kV
Output circuit 1 / Output circuit 2 4 kV
Supply circuit / Measuring circuit1) 600 V AC (CM-MSS.x2: n/a)
Supply circuit / Output circuits 600 V AC
Measuring circuit1) / Output circuits 600 V AC
Output circuit 1 / Output circuit 2 300 V AC
Test voltage, routine test
(IEC/EN 60255-27)
Supply circuit / Measuring circuit1) 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min. (CM-MSS.x2: n/a)
Supply circuit / Output circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Measuring circuit1) / Output circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Test voltage, type test
(IEC/EN 60255-27)
Supply circuit / Measuring circuit1) 6 kV / 1.2 - 50 μs (CM-MSS.x2: n/a)
Supply circuit / Output circuits 6 kV / 1.2 - 50 μs
Measuring circuit1) / Output circuits 6 kV / 1.2 - 50 μs
Output circuit 1 / Output circuit 2 6 kV / 1.2 - 50 μs
Protective separation
(IEC/EN 61140,
IEC/EN 50178)
Supply circuit / Measuring circuit1) yes, up to 300 V
Supply circuit / Output circuits yes (CM-MSS.x2: n/a)
Measuring circuit1) / Output circuits yes
Output circuit 1 / Output circuit 2 no
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1)
3
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1)
III
1)
Potential of measuring circuit = Potential of control circuit
2/93 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Thermistor motor protection relays
Technical data - CM-MSS
Standards
Product standard
IEC/EN 60255-1; IEC/EN 60947-8
Low Voltage Directive
2006/95/EC
EMC directive
2004/108/EC
ATEX directive
94/9/EC (only ATEX variants „Selection table CM-MSx range“ on page 89)
RoHS directive
2011/65/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to
IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3, 6 kV contact discharge, 8 kV air discharge
radiated, radio-frequency,
electromagnetic field
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3, 10 V/m (1 GHz), 3 V/m (2 GHz), 1 V/m (2.7 GHz)
electrical fast transient / burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3, 2 kV / 5 kHz
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3, Installation class 3, supply circuit and measuring circuit 1 kV L-L,
2 kV L-N
conducted disturbances,
induced by radio-frequency
fields
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3, 0.15-80 MHz, 10 V, 80 % AM (1kHz)
voltage dips, short
interruptions and voltage
variations
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Class 3
harmonics and interharmonics
IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
Additional interference immunity according to product standard EN
60255-1 (reference on EN 60255-26_2011)
radiated, radio-frequency,
electromagnetic field
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 10 V/m (80 MHz - 3 GHz)
conducted disturbances,
induced by radio-frequency
fields
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 10 V at stated frequencies
damped oscillatory waves
Interference emissions
IEC/EN 61000-4-18 Signal lines, symmetric coupling: 1 kV peak voltage
Power supply, asymmetric coupling: 2.5 kV peak voltage
IEC/EN 61000-6-3, IEC/EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency radiated
Germanischer Lloyd increased requirements in the emergency call frequency band
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/94
2
Thermistor motor protection relays
Technical data - CM-MSE
Technical data
Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values, unless otherwise indicated
2
Supply circuit - Input circuit
Rated control supply voltage U s power consumption
CM-MSE
1SVR550805R9300 24 V AC approx. 1.5 A
1SVR550800R9300 110-130 V AC approx. 1.5 A
1SVR550801R9300 220-240 V AC approx. 1.5 A
Rated control supply voltage U s tolerance
-15...+10 %
Rated frequency
Measuring circuit
Monitoring function
Number of sensor circuits
Sensor circuit
Temperature threshold (relay de-energizes)
Temperature hysteresis (relay energizes)
Short-circuit threshold (relay de-energizes)
Short-circuit hysteresis (relay energizes)
Maximum total resistance of sensors connected in series (cold state)
Maximum sensor cable length for short-circuit detection
Response time
Output circuit
Kind of output
50-60 Hz
T1-T2 temperature monitoring by means of PTC sensors
1
2.7-3.7 kW
1.7-2.3 kW
<18 W
>45 W
1.5 kW
2 x 100 m at 0.75 mm 2, 2 x 400 m at 2.5 mm 2
<100 ms
13-14 1 n/o contact
Operational principle
Contact material
Rated voltage
Maximum switching voltage
Rated operating current I e
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
closed-circuit principle (output relay de-energizes if the measured
value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold)
AgCdO
VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60947-1 250 V
250 V
AC-12 (resistive) at 230 V 4 A
AC-15 (inductive) at 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) at 24 V 4 A
DC-13 (inductive) at 24 V 2 A
AC Rating (UL 508)
utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
maximum rated operational voltage 300 V AC
maximum continuous thermal current at B 300 5 A
maximum making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime
at AC12, 230 V AC, 4 A 0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
Maximum fuse rating to achieve short-circuit
n/c contact 10 A fast-acting
protection
n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
22.5 x 78 x 78.5 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.09 in)
Duty time
100 %
Weight
approx. 0.11 kg (0.24 lb)
Mounting position
any
Degree of protection
housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Ambient temperature range
operation -20...+60 °C
storage -40...+85 °C
Mounting
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
Electrical connection
Wire size
fine strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 1.5 mm 2 (2 x 16 AWG)
fine strand without wire end ferrule 2 x 0.75-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 18-16 AWG)
rigid 2 x 1-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 18-16 AWG)
Stripping length
2 x 0.75-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 18-16 AWG)
Tightening torque
0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
Standards
Product standard
IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
Low Voltage Directive
2006/95/EC
EMC Directive
2004/108/EC, 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/67/EEC
Electromagnetic compatibility
electrostatic discharge
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m)
electrical fast transient /burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz)
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3/4 (1/2 kV)
conducted disturbances, induced by radioIEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V)
frequency fields
Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-6)
6g
Resistance to vibration (IEC 68-2-6)
10 g
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30)
24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Electromagnetic compatibility
Rated voltage between supply, measuring and output circuit
250 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits
4 kV / 1.2 - 50 μs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits
2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Pollution degree
3
Overvoltage category
III
2/95 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Thermistor motor protection relays
Notes
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/96
Thermistor motor protection relays
Connection diagrams
14
22
T1
ϑ
A1
A3
T1
11
A1
A2
13
14
21
22
A2
T2
A2
14
12 14
12
A2
Control supply voltage
A1 – A2
Control supply voltage
13 – 14
n/o contact
11 – 12/14
c/o contact
21 – 22
n/c contact
T1 – T2
Measuring circuit
T1 – T2
Measuring circuit
T1
A1
21
T1
11
A1
A3
ϑ
T2
S1
A2
24
14
A1 – A2
11 – 12/14
21 – 22/24
S1 – T2
(jumpered)
T1 – T2
12 14
22
12
22
24
S1
A2
11
T2
T1 A1 A3
21
2CDC 252 019 F0014
S1
11
T2
CM-MSS.23, CM-MSS.33
T1
11
11
24
14
Control supply
voltage 24 V AC/DC
1st c/o (SPDT)
contact
2nd c/o (SPDT)
contact
Automatic reset
A1 – A2
Measuring circuit
21 – 22/24
A2 – A3
11 – 12/14
S1 – T2
(jumpered)
T1 – T2
12 14
22
12
A2
12
11 – 12/14
c/o contact
T1 – T2
Measuring circuit
CM-MSS.51
1T1
Control
supply voltage
220-240 V AC
Control supply
voltage 110-130
V AC
1st c/o (SPDT)
contact
2nd c/o (SPDT)
contact
Automatic reset
Measuring
circuit
Control supply voltage
220-240 V AC
Control supply voltage
110-130 V AC
21
S1
A2
A2
A2 – A3
A1
1T1
22 24
12 14
A1 – A2
S1
A2
S1
14
21
T1
ϑ
T2
T2
2CDC 252 021 F0014
A1
A1
S1
T1
ϑ
A1 – A2
CM-MSS.22, CM-MSS.32,
CM-MSS.41
11
T2
T1 A1 A3
ϑ
2CDC 252 018 F0014
T2
11
T2
11
ϑ
1T2/2T2
2T1
S1
A2 12
24
14
A1
14
A2
13
21
T1
22
ϑ
T2
14
21
22
A2
A1 – A2
Control supply voltage
13 – 14
n/o contact
21 – 22
n/c contact
S1 – T2
(jumpered)
Automatic reset
T1 – T2
Measuring circuit
CM-MSE
11
1T2/2T2
A1
13
T2
2CDC 252 047 F0014
A1
A1
CM-MSS.31
14
A1
A1
T1
21
T1
T2
A1
13
A2
14
ϑ
ϑ
1T2/2T2
22
12
21
2T1
A2 22
S1
A2
24
T2
13
14
A2
1SVC 110 000 F0140
T1
21
T1
2CDC 252 022 F0014
2
13
T2
CM-MSS.13
2CDC 252 020 F0014
A1
CM-MSS.12
2CDC 252 017 F0014
CM-MSS.11, CM-MSS.21
A1 – A2
Control
supply voltage
220-240 V AC
A1 – A2
Control supply voltage
24 V AC
T1-T2
Sensor circuit
11 – 12/14
1st c/o (SPDT)
contact
13-14
21 – 22/24
2nd c/o (SPDT)
contact
Output contact Closed circuit principle
S1 – 1T2/2T2
(jumpered)
Automatic reset
1T1 – 1T2/2T2
Measuring circuit 1
2T1 – 1T2/2T2
Measuring circuit 2
2/97 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Thermistor motor protection relays
Circuit diagram
CM-MSS.11, CM-MSS.21
CM-MSS.12
V+
V+
A1
CM-MSS.13
V+
A1
14
A1 or A3
22
11
11
2
T1
T1
M 3~
M 3~
T2
t
T2
A2
V-
CM-MSS.22
t
14
12
A2
V-
2CDC 253 024 F0014
13
2CDC 253 023 F0014
t
21
CM-MSS.23
V+
12
A2
V-
CM-MSS.31
V+
V+
A1
14
A1 or A3
11
21
A1
11
T1
T1
T1
T2
T2
T2
t
22
14
Reset
12
A2
V-
24
22
14
Reset
S1
12
A2
V-
2CDC 253 027 F0014
24
2CDC 253 026 F0014
t
S1
µC
M 3~
M 3~
t
21
13
Test /
Reset
S1
CM-MSS.32, CM-MSS.41
CM-MSS.33
CM-MSS.51
V+
V+
A1 or A3
11
21
A2
V-
V+
A1
14
22
21
M 3~
2CDC 253 025 F0014
T2
A1
11
2CDC 253 028 F0014
µC
M 3~
T1
11
21
21
1T1
M 3~
T1
T1
µC
1T2/
2T2
µC
24
22
Test /
Reset
14
12
A2
V-
t
24
22
Test /
Reset
14
S1
V-
12
A2
M 3~
24
22
2T1
t
14
12
Test /
Reset
S1
2CDC 253 016 F0014
T2
2CDC 253 015 F0014
T2
t
S1
t
µC
M 3~
2CDC 253 029 F0014
M 3~
A2
V-
1SVC 110 000 F0141
CM-MSE
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/98
Temperature monitoring relays
Product group picture
2
2/99 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Temperature monitoring relays
Table of contents
Temperature monitoring relays
Benefits and advantages, Applications
Operating controls
2/99
2/100
Selection
2/101
Ordering details
2/102
Function diagrams
2/103
Overview, Functional description and diagrams
2/104
Connection diagrams, Resistance thermometer sensors
2/105
Technical data - CM-TCS.xx
2/106
Technical data - C51x
2/108
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/100
2
Temperature monitoring relays
Benefits and advantages, Applications
2
Overview
The temperature monitoring relays can be used for temperature measurement in solid, liquid and gaseous media. The
temperature is acquired by the sensor in the medium, evaluated by the device and monitored to determine whether it is
within an operating range (range monitoring function) or has
exceeded or fallen below a threshold.
Functional description
The temperature monitoring relays CM-TCS monitor overtemperature, undertemperature, or temperatures between two
threshold values (window monitoring) with PT100 sensor. As
soon as the temperature falls below or exceeds the threshold
value the output relays change their positions according to
the configured functionality and the front-face LEDs display
the current status. Regardless of the selected configuration,
the device is monitoring its measuring circuit for interrupted
wires or short‑circuits.
Characteristics CM-TCS
–– Adjustable sensor type: PT100
–– F unctionality like overtemperature monitoring, undertemperature monitoring, temperature window monitoring
configurable
–– All configurations and adjustments by front-face operating
elements
–– Precise adjustment with direct reading scales
–– O ne or two threshold values
–– H ysteresis 2...20 % adjustable
–– O perating temperature range -40...+60 °C
–– 1 x 2 c/o or 2 x 1 c/o configurable
–– O pen- or closed-circuit principle configurable
–– Short-circuit monitoring and interrupted wire detection
–– 2 2.5 mm (0.89 in) width
–– L EDs for status indication
Characteristics C512 + C513
– – Adjustable sensor types: PT100, PT1000, KTY83, KTY84,
NTC-B57227-K333-A1
– – Measuring principle for 2-wire and 3-wire sensors
– – Temperature monitor for 1-3 sensor circuits
– – Adjustable over-, undertemperature monitoring or range
monitoring function
– – 2 thresholds
– – Hysteresis for both thresholds (1-99 Kelvin)
– – Adjustable time delay from 0-999 s affects to both thresholds
– – Storage function selectable via external signal (Y1-Y2)
– – Non volatile storage of parameter settings
– – 1 n/o (for wire-break and short-circuit detection) and 2 c/o
– – Multifunctional digital display
– – 3 LEDs for status indication
– – O pen- or closed-circuit principle selectable
– – 45 mm wide housing with 24 terminals
C512
– – Temperature monitor for 1 sensor circuit
C513
– – Temperature monitor for 1-3 sensor circuits
– – In the 3-sensor version the status of the single sensors
is displayed if the temperature exceeds or falls below the
threshold. This way it can be easily determined which one
of the connected sensors has exceeded or dropped below
either one or both threshold values.
2/101 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Temperature monitoring relays
Operating controls
1 Adjustment of the hysteresis for threshold value t1
2 Adjustment of the threshold value t1
3 Indication of operational states
1
U: green LED – status indication of control supply voltage
t: red LED – fault message, state of measuring input
R: yellow LED – status indication of the output relays
4 Adjustment of the hysteresis for threshold value t2
2
3
4
6 DIP switch functions / marker label (on page 2/104)
p Overtemperature monitoring
q Undertemperature monitoring
r Temperature window monitoring activated
s Temperature window monitoring de-activated
g Closed-circuit principle
h Open-circuit principle
i 2 x 1 c/o (SPDT) contact
j 1 x 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts
2CDC 253 019 F0013
5
5 Adjustment of the threshold value t2
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/102
2
1SVR 730 740 R0300
1SVR 740 740 R0300
1SAR 700 100 R0005
1SAR 700 100 R0010
1SAR 700 110 R0010
CM-TCS.13S
CM-TCS.13P
C512-24
C512-W
C513-W
1SVR 730 740 R0200
CM-TCS.12S
1SVR 740 740 R9300
1SVR 740 740 R9200
CM-TCS.22P
CM-TCS.23P
1SVR 730 740 R9200
CM-TCS.22S
1SVR 730 740 R9300
1SVR 740 740 R0100
CM-TCS.11P
1SVR 740 740 R0200
1SVR 730 740 R0100
CM-TCS.23S
1SVR 740 740 R9100
J
CM-TCS.11S
J
CM-TCS.21P
J
1SVR 730 740 R9100
J
CM-TCS.21S
24 V AC/DC
Order number
Rated control supply voltage Us
Type
2
CM-TCS.12P
Temperature monitoring relays
Selection
J
J
J
J
J
J
24-240 V AC/DC
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Technology
analogue
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
digital
Sensor circuits (2 or 3 wire)
number of temperature sensors
number of thresholds
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
Sensor type
PT100
PT100, KTY83, KTY84, NTC, PT1000
Measuring temperature range
-50...+50 °C
J
J
J
J
J
0...+100 °C
J
J
J
J
0...+200 °C
J
J
J
-50...+500 °C
Monitoring function
overtemperature
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
undertemperature
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
window temperature
Operating principle
open or closed principle
Output contacts
n/o
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
1
1
1
c/o
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2/103 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Temperature monitoring relays
Ordering details
Description
Acquisition, messaging and regulation of temperatures of solid, liquid and gaseous media in
processes and machines via PT100, PT1000, KTY83, KTY84 or NTC sensors.
ABB offers different temperature monitoring relays to meet the needs of your application:
Ordering details - Temperature monitoring relays PT100 sensors, 2 or 3 wire connection,
2 thresholds adjustable
Rated control
supply voltage
Measuring
range
2CDC 251 031 V0012
-50...+50 °C
24-240 V AC/DC
0...+100 °C
0...+200 °C
CM-TCS
-50...+50 °C
24 V AC/DC
0...+100 °C
0...+200 °C
Type
Order code
Price
Weight
(1 pce)
1 pce
kg (lb)
CM-TCS.11S
1SVR730740R0100
0.151 (0.333)
CM-TCS.11P
1SVR740740R0100
0.140 (0.309)
CM-TCS.12S
1SVR730740R0200
0.151 (0.333)
CM-TCS.12P
1SVR740740R0200
0.140 (0.309)
CM-TCS.13S
1SVR730740R0300
0.151 (0.333)
CM-TCS.13P
1SVR740740R0300
0.140 (0.309)
CM-TCS.21S
1SVR730740R9100
0.138 (0.304)
CM-TCS.21P
1SVR740740R9100
0.127 (0.280)
CM-TCS.22S
1SVR730740R9200
0.138 (0.304)
CM-TCS.22P
1SVR740740R9200
0.127 (0.280)
CM-TCS.23S
1SVR730740R9300
0.138 (0.304)
CM-TCS.23P
1SVR740740R9300
0.127 (0.280)
Ordering details - Temperature monitoring relays C51x range with display and digital setup
Rated control
supply voltage
Measuring
range
24 V AC/DC
1SVC 110 000 F0557
24-240 V AC/DC
C512, C513
-50...+500 °C 1)
24-240 V AC/DC
Type 2)
Order code
Price
Weight
(1 pce)
1 pce
kg (lb)
C512-24
1SAR700100R0005
0.32 (0.71)
C512-W
1SAR700100R0010
0.33 (0.73)
C513-W
1SAR700110R0010
0.34 (0.75)
The measuring range depends on the used sensor type:
PT100: -50...+500 °C
PT1000: -50...+500 °C
NTC: +80...+160 °C
(Typ Siemens Matsushita B57272-A333-A1 - 100 °C: 1.8 kW, 25 °C: 32.762 kW)
KTY84: -40...+300 °C
KTY83: -50...+175 °C
1)
Ordering details - Replaceable cover marking for digital devices
Use for
Language
Type
Order code
Price
5 pces
C512
German
C512-D
1SVR700101R0100
C512
English
C512-E
1SVR700102R0100
C513
German
C513-D
1SVR700111R0100
C513
English
C513-E
1SVR700112R0100
Weight
(1 pce)
kg (lb)
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/104
2
CM-TCS - Overtemperature monitoring, 1 x 2 c/o contacts j
2CDC 252 008 F0209
Temperature monitoring relays
Function diagrams
A1-A2
Threshold ϑ1
Hysteresis
Measured value
Open-circuit principle
open
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
closed
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
Undertemperature monitoring, 1 x 2 c/o contacts j
With this configuration, settings via t 1 have no influence on the operating function (t 1 disabled).
Open-circuit principle:
If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied. If
the measured value drops below the adjusted threshold value t 2, the output relays energize. If the measured value
exceeds again the adjusted threshold value t 2 plus the adjusted hysteresis, the output relays de-energize.
Closed-circuit principle:
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle.
A1-A2
Threshold ϑ1
Hysteresis
Threshold ϑ2
Hysteresis
Measured value
Open-circuit principle
open
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
closed
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
A1-A2
2CDC 252 010 F0209
Open-circuit principle:
If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied. If the
measured value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t 2, output relay R2 (prewarning) energizes. If the measured
value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t 1, output relay R1 (final switch-off) energizes.
If the measured value drops again below the adjusted threshold value t 1 minus the adjusted hysteresis, output relay
R1 (final switch-off) de-energizes. If the measured value drops below the adjusted threshold value t 2 minus the
adjusted hysteresis, output relay R2 (prewarning) de-energizes.
Closed-circuit principle:
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle.
2CDC 252 009 F0209
Overtemperature monitoring, 2 x 1 c/o contact i
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold ϑ2
Open-circuit principle
open
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
closed
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
Temperature window monitoring, 1 x 2 c/o contacts j
Open-circuit principle:
If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied. If
the measured value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t 1 or drops below the adjusted threshold value t 2, the
output relays energize. If the measured value drops again below the adjusted threshold value t 1 minus the adjusted
hysteresis or exceeds again the adjusted threshold value t 2 plus the adjusted hysteresis, the output relays deenergize.
Closed-circuit principle:
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle.
A1-A2
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold ϑ1
Hysteresis
Threshold ϑ2
Open-circuit principle
open
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
closed
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
A1-A2
Threshold ϑ1
Hysteresis
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold ϑ2
Open-circuit principle
open
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
2CDC 252 012 F0209
Open-circuit principle:
If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied. If the
measured value drops below the adjusted threshold value t 1, output relay R1 (prewarning) energizes. If the measured
value drops below the adjusted threshold value t 2, output relay R2 (final switch-off) energizes.
If the measured value exceeds again the adjusted threshold value t 2 plus the adjusted hysteresis, output relay R2
(final switch-off) de-energizes. If the measured value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t 1 plus the adjusted
hysteresis, output relay R1 (prewarning) de-energizes.
Closed-circuit principle:
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle.
2CDC 252 011 F0209
Undertemperature monitoring, 2 x 1 c/o contact i
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
closed
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
Temperature window monitoring, 2 x 1 c/o contact i
Open-circuit principle:
If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied.
If the measured value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t 1 or drops below the adjusted threshold value t 2, output
relay R1 (> t 1) or R2 (< t 2) respectively energizes.
If the measured value drops again below the adjusted threshold value t 1 minus the adjusted hysteresis or exceeds
again the adjusted threshold value t 2 plus the adjusted hysteresis, output relay R1 (>t 1) or R2 (<t 2) respectively deenergizes.
Closed-circuit principle:
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle.
2/105 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
A1-A2
Threshold ϑ1
Hysteresis
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold ϑ2
Open-circuit principle
open
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
Closed-circuit principle
closed
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-22
U: green LED
ϑ: red LED
R: yellow LED
2CDC 252 013 F0209
2
With this configuration, settings via t 2 have no influence on the operating function (t 2 disabled).
Open-circuit principle:
If the measured value is correct, the output relays remain de-energized when control supply voltage is applied. If the
measured value exceeds the adjusted threshold value t 1, the output relays energize. If the measured value drops
again below the adjusted threshold value t 1 minus the adjusted hysteresis, the output relays de-energize.
Closed-circuit principle:
The behavior is inverse to the one with open-circuit principle.
Temperature monitoring relays
Overview, Functional description and diagrams
Function diagrams
Overtemperature - C512/C513
1
2
2
Us
Characteristic curves of resistance sensors
t
K1
t
K2
NTC
t
Us
K1
t
J2
1000
PT100
100
200
300
400
500
Temperature in °C
Us
t
K2
J2
Us
K2
t
K1
1SVC 110 000 F0194
PT1000
J1
t
K1
t
t
t
Range monitoring - C512/C513
Closed-circuit principle
1SVC 110 000 F0195
Open-circuit principle
1
2
Us
t
K1
1
2
Us
K1
t
K2
1SVC 110 000 F0196
KTY84
J1
2000
0
t
Closed-circuit principle
1SVC 110 000 F0193
KTY83
0
-100
t
K2
Open-circuit principle
3000
2
Undertemperature - C512/C513
4000
2CDC 252 076 F0207
Resistance in 5000
Closed-circuit principle
1
1SVC 110 000 F0192
Open-circuit principle
1SVC 110 000 F0191
Functional description
Digital tripping devices
Once the temperature has reached the set threshold of υ1,
output relay K1 changes its switching state after the set
time delay t has elapsed (K2 reacts in the same way for υ2).
t
t
K2
t
t
1SVC 110 000 F0197
Function principle with storage function - C512/C513
using overtemperature with closed-circuit principle as an
example
1
2
Us
Y1-Y2
DIP switches CM-TCS
Position
ON
OFF
4
3
2
K1
K2
1
igrp
jhs q
ON
absolute limit
hysteresis
t
t
t
OFF (default)
DIP switch 1
Monitoring
principle
Overtemperature monitoring p
If overtemperature monitoring is selected, the CM-TCS recognizes
temperatures above the selected threshold and trips the output relay
according to the selected operating principle.
Undertemperature monitoring q
If undertemperature monitoring is selected, the CM‑TCS recognizes
temperatures below the selected threshold and trips the output relay
according to the selected operating principle.
DIP switch 2
Temperature
window
monitoring
Temperature window monitoring activated r
If temperature window monitoring is selected, the CM‑TCS monitors
over- and undertemperature. If temperature window monitoring is
activated, DIP switch 1 is disabled.
Temperature window monitoring de-activated s
Temperature window monitoring is de-selected.
DIP switch 3
Operating principle
of the output relays
Closed-circuit principle g
If closed-circuit principle is selected, the output relays are energized.
They de-energize if a fault is occuring.
Open-circuit principle h
If open-circuit principle is selected, the output relays are deenergized.
They energize if a fault is occuring.
DIP switch 4
2 x 1 c/o contact,
1 x 2 c/o contacts
2 x 1 c/o (SPDT) contact i
If operating principle 2 x 1 c/o contact is selected, the output relay R1
1 x 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts j
If operating principle 1 x 2 c/o contacts is selected, both output relays
R1 (11-12/14) and R2 (21-22/24) react synchronously to one threshold
value.
(11-12/14) reacts to threshold value
22/24) reacts to threshold value
t 1 and the output relay R2 (21t 2.
Overtemperature monitoring: Settings of the threshold value
no effect on the operation.
t2 have
Undertemperature monitoring: Settings of the threshold values
have no effect on the operation.
t2
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/106
Temperature monitoring relays
Connection diagrams, Resistance thermometer sensors
Connection diagrams
T3
21
T2
T1
15
K2
18
16
25
K3
28
26
33
1
T1
T2
T3
2
T1 T2 T3
11
21
Ready
A1 A2 12 14 22 24
24
22
14
12
A2
CM-TCS
A1-A2 Control supply voltage
11-12/14 Output relay R1
21-22/24 Output relay R2
T1, T2, T3 Measuring input, connection PT100
A1
Memory
34
A2
2CDC 252 025 F0010
1T1
1T2
1T3
2T1
2T2
2T3
3T1
3T2
3T3
K1
15
K2
18
16
25
K3
28
26
33
1
2
Ready
34
A2
C512
C513
A1-A2 Rated control suppy
voltage
15-16/18 Output contacts
25-26/28
33-34
T1-T3 Sensor connection
Y1-Y2 Connection for
storage bridge
A1-A2 Rated control suppy
voltage
15-16/18 Output contacts
25-26/28
33-34
1T1-1T3 Sensor connection 1
2T1-2T3 Sensor connection 2
3T1-3T3 Sensor connection 3
Y1-Y2 Connection for
storage bridge
Connection of resistance thermometer sensors
Temperature error
(depending on the line length and conductor cross section
for PT100 sensors at an ambient temperature of 20 °C, in K)
Line length in m
Electrical isolation
11
0.0
1.8
4.5
9.0
13.6
18.1
36.3
91.6
0.75
0.0
1.2
3.0
6.0
9.0
12.1
24.2
60.8
1
0.0
0.9
2.3
4.5
6.8
9.0
18.1
45.5
12
14
11
12
14
T1
21
T1
21
T2
22
T2
22
T3
24
T3
24
24 V AC/DC
A1 A2
Wire size mm2
0.50
0
10
25
50
75
100
200
500
3-wire measurement
To minimize the influence of the wire resistance, a three-wire
connection is usually used. By means of the additional wire
PT100
two measuring circuits are created.
One of these two circuits is used
for reference. This way, the tripping
device can calculate and take into
account the wire resistance autoT1
T2 T3
matically.
24-240 V AC/DC
A1 A2
2CDC 252 020 F0010
2-wire measurement
When using 2-wire temperature sensors the sensor resistance and the wire resistance are added together.
The resulting systematic errors must be taken into account
PT100
when adjusting the tripping device.
A jumper must be connected between
the terminals T2 and T3.
The following table can be used for
T1
T2 T3
PT100 sensors to determine the
temperature errors caused by the line
length.
When using resistance sensors with
two-wire connection a bridge must be
inserted between terminals T2 and T3.
Error caused by the line
The error resulting from the line resistance amounts to approx. 2.5 Kelvin/Ohm. If the resistance of the line is not
known and it is not possible to measure it, the error caused
by the line can be estimated using the following table.
2CDC 252 019 F0010
2
11
K1
1SVC 110 000 F0202
A1
Y1 Y2
A1
Memory
1SVC 110 000 F0201
Y1 Y2
1.5
0.0
0.6
1.5
3.0
4.5
6.0
12.1
30.2
2/107 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Electrical isolation
Protective searation acc. to IEC/EN 61140; EN 50178
Temperature monitoring relays
Technical data - CM-TCS.xx
Type
CM-TCS.11/12/13
Input circuit
Rated control supply voltage U s
A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC
Rated control supply voltage U s tolerance
Typical current / power / consumption
Rated frequency
Frequency range
Power failure buffering time
Measuring circuit
Sensor type
Connection of the sensor
Monitoring function
Threshold values adjustable within the measuring
range
Weight
net weight
gross weight
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Mounting
1)
24 V AC/DC
-15...+10 %
24 V DC
115 V AC
230 V AC
AC
AC
min.
2-wire
3-wire
CM-TCS.x1
CM-TCS.x2
CM-TCS.x3
Number of possible thresholds
Tolerance of the adjusted threshold value
Hysteresis related to the threshold value
Measuring principle
Typical current in the sensor circuit
Maximum current in sensor circuit
Interrupted wire detection
Short-circuit detection
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance
Accuracy within the temperature range
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters)
Maximum measuring cycle
Output circuit
Kind of output
Operating principle
Contact material
Rated operational voltage (IEC/EN 60947-1)
Minimum switching voltage / Minimum switching current
Maximum switching voltage / Maximum switching current
Rated operating current I e
AC-12 (resistive) 230 V
(IEC/EN 60947-1-5)
AC-15 (inductive 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V
AC Rating (UL508)
utilization category
maximum rated operational voltage
maximum continuous thermal current at B 300
maximum making/breaking apparent power at
B 300
Mechanical lifetime
Electrical lifetime (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A)
Maximum fuse rating to achieve short-circuit
n/c contact
protection
n/o contact
Conventional thermal current I th acc. IEC/EN 60947-1
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Mounting position
CM-TCS.21/22/23
33 mA / 0.8 VA
12.5 mA / 1.5 VA
13 mA / 2.9 VA
15-400 Hz
13.5-440 Hz
20 ms
18 mA / 0.45 VA
n/a
n/a
50/60 Hz
45-65 Hz
T1, T2, T3
PT100
yes, jumper between T2-T3
yes, use terminal T1, T2, T3
overtemperature, undertemperature or window monitoring
-50…+50 °C
0…+100 °C
0…+200 °C
2
typ. ±5 % of the range end value
2-20 % of threshold value, min. 1 °C
continuous current
0.8 mA
0.9 mA
yes, indicated via LED status
yes, indicated via LED status
< 0.2 °C / or < 0.01 %/K
< 0.2 °C / or < 0.01 %/K
< 0.2 % of full scale
320 ms
2 x 1 or 1 x 2 c/o (SPDT) contacts configurable
open- or closed-circuit principle configurable 1)
AgNi alloy, Cd free
250 V AC / 300 V DC
24 V / 10 mA
see ‘Load limit curves'
4A
3A
4A
2A
B 300, pilot duty general purpose (250 V, 4 A, cos ϕ 0.75)
250 V AC
4A
3600/360 VA
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
6 A fast-acting
10 A fast-acting
4A
22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
any
Screw connection technology
Easy Connect Technology (push-in)
0.151 kg (0.333 lb)
0.140 kg (0.309 lb)
0.138 kg (0.304 lb)
0.127 kg (0.280 lb)
0.176 kg (0.388 lb)
0.165 kg (0.364 lb)
0.163 kg (0.360 lb)
0.152 kg (0.335 lb)
IP50 / IP20
CM-TCS.1x
CM-TCS.2x
CM-TCS.1x
CM-TCS.2x
enclosure /
terminals
operation -40...+60 °C
storage/transport -40...+85 °C
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/108
2
Temperature monitoring relays
Technical data - CM-TCS.xx
Type
Electrical connection
Wire size
2
CM-TCS.11/12/13
fine-strand without
wire end ferrule
fine-strand with
wire end ferrule
rigid
Stripping length
Tightening torque
Standards
Product standard
Low Voltage Directive
EMC Directive
RoHS Directive
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges
Climatic category
Damp heat, cyclic
Vibration, sinusoidal
Shock
Isolation data
Rated impulse withstand voltage
U imp between all isolated circuits
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1)
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1)
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1)
Rated insulation voltage U i
(IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60664-1)
Basis isolation for rated control supply
voltage
(IEC/EN 60664-1)
Protective separation (IEC/EN 61140,
EN 50178)
Test voltage between all isolated
circuits, routine test (IEC/EN 60255-5,
IEC/EN 61010-1)
Test voltage between all isolated circuits,
type test
(IEC/EN 60255-5)
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to
electrostatic discharge
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic
field
electrical fast transient/burst
surge
conducted disturbances, induced by
radio-frequency fields
voltage dips, short interruptions and
voltage variations
harmonics and interharmonics
Interference emission
high-frequency radiated
high-frequency conducted
Screw connection technology
A1, A2, 11, 12, 14, 21, 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm² (1 x 20-14 AWG)
22, 24 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm² (2 x 20-16 AWG)
T1, T2, T3 1 x 0.2-2.5 mm² (1 x 24-14 AWG)
2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG)
A1, A2, 11, 12, 14, 21, 1 x 0.5-2.5 mm² (1 x 20-14 AWG)
22, 24 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm² (2 x 20-16 AWG)
T1, T2, T3 1 x 0.2-2.5 mm² (1 x 24-14 AWG)
2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG)
A1, A2, 11, 12, 14, 21, 1 x 0.5-4 mm² (1 x 20-12 AWG)
22, 24 2 x 0.5-2.5 mm² (2 x 20-14 AWG)
T1, T2, T3 1 x 0.2-4 mm² (1 x 24-12 AWG)
2 x 0.2-2.5 mm² (2 x 24-14 AWG)
8 mm (0.32 in)
< 0.5 mm² 0.5 Nm (4.43 lb.in)
M 0.5 mm² 0.6 - 0.8 Nm (5.31 - 7.08 lb.in)
CM-TCS.21/22/23
Easy Connect Technology (Push-in)
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm² (2 x 20-16 AWG)
connection with lever
2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG)
connection with lever
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm² (2 x 20-16 AWG)
connection: push-in
2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG)
insulated ferrule (DIN 46228-4-E):
connection: push-in
ferrule (DIN 46228-1-A):
< 0.5 mm², connection with lever
M 0.5 mm², connection: push-in
2 x 0.5-1.5 mm² (2 x 20-16 AWG)
connection: push-in
2 x 0.2-1.5 mm² (2 x 24-16 AWG)
< 0.5 mm², connection with lever
M 0.5 mm², connection: push-in
-
IEC/EN 60255-1, IEC/EN 60255-27, EN 50178
2006/95/EC
2004/108/EC
2011/65/EC
operation/storage/ transport -40...+60°C/-40...+85°C/-40...+85°C
3K5 (no condensation, no ice formation)
6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Class 2
Class 2
supply circuit / measuring circuit
supply circuit / output circuits
measuring circuit / output circuits
output circuit 1 / output circuit 2
supply circuit / measuring circuit
supply circuit / output circuits
measuring circuit / output circuits
output circuit 1 / output circuit 2
supply circuit / measuring circuit
supply circuit / output circuits
measuring circuit / output circuits
output circuit 1 / output circuit 2
supply circuit / measuring circuit
supply circuit / output circuits
measuring circuit / output circuits
supply circuit / measuring circuit
supply circuit / output circuits
measuring circuit / output circuits
supply circuit / measuring circuit
supply circuit / output circuits
measuring circuit / output circuits
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
3
III
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
250 V AC / 300 V DC
250 V AC / 300 V DC
250 V AC / 300 V DC
250 V AC / 300 V DC
250 V AC / 250 V DC
250 V AC / 300 V DC
250 V AC / 300 V DC
2.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
2.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
2.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
4.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
4.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
4.0 kV, 50 Hz, 1 s
-
-
-
250 V AC / 250 V DC
250 V AC / 250 V DC
-
IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61326-2-4
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3, 6 kV / 8 kV
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3, 10 V/m (1 GHz) / 3 V/m (2 GHz) / 1 V/m (2.7 GHz)
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3, 2 KV / 5 kHz
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3, installation class 3, supply circuit and measuring circuit 1 kV L-L, 2
kV L-earth
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3, 10 V
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Class 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
2/109 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Temperature monitoring relays
Technical data - C51x
Type
C512
Input circuit
Rated control supply voltage U s
Power consumption
Rated control supply voltage U S tolerance
Rated frequency
Sensor circuit
Sensor type
Sensor current
Wire-break detection
Short-circuit detection
3-wire connection
Measuring circuit
A1-A2
A1-A2
AC
DC
24 V AC/DC
24-240 V AC/DC
< 7 VA
<4W
-15...+10 %
C513
-
2
AC
PT100, PT1000, KTY83, KTY84, NTC
PT100 typ. 1 mA
PT1000, KTY83, KTY84, NTC typ. 0.2 mA
yes (not for NTC)
yes
yes (2-wire connection of sensors with terminals T2 and T3 bridged)
Setting accuracy at Ta = 20 °C (T20)
Accuracy within the temperature range
Response time
Hysteresis settings
Tripping delay
Output circuit
Kind of output
Rated operating current I e (IEC/EN 60947-1-5)
< ±2 K ± 1 digit
0.05 °C / °C deviation from T20
500 ms
temperature 1 1-99 kelvin
temperature 2 1-99 kelvin
0-999 s
AC-12 (resistive) 230
AC-15 (inductive) 230
DC-12 (resistive) 24
DC-13 (inductive) 24
V
V
V
V
Mechanical lifetime
Electrical lifetime (AC-15 at 3 A)
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Tightening torque
Mounting position
Degree of protection
enclosure / terminals
Ambient temperature range
operation
storage
Mounting
Electrical connection
Wire size
rigid
fine-strand with wire end ferrule
Standards
Environmental conditions
Low Voltage Directive
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity
Interferenece emission
Vibration resistance (IEC 68-2-6)
Shock resistance (IEC 68-2-27)
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree
2 c/o + 1n/o
n/a
3A
1A
0.1 A
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
0.1 x 10 5 switching cycles
4 A, operating class gL/gG
2 c/o + 1 n/o
45 x 105.9 x 86 mm (1.77 x 4.17 x 3.39 in)
0.8-1.2 Nm
any
IP 40 / IP 20
-25...+60 °C
-40...+80 °C
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
1 x 4 mm² (1 x 12 AWG), 2 x 2.5 mm² (2 x 14 AWG)
1 x 2.5 mm² (1 x 14 AWG), 2 x 1.5 mm² (2 x 16 AWG)
IEC 60721-3-3
IEC 60947-5-1, VDE 0660
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4
5-26 Hz / 0.75 mm
15 g / 11 ms
300 V AC
3
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/110
Liquid level monitors and controls
Product group picture
2
2/111 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Liquid level monitors and controls
Table of contents
Liquid level monitors and controls
Benefits and advantages
2/111
Operating controls
2/112
Ordering details
2/113
Ordering details - Accessories
2/114
Function diagrams
2/115
Connection diagrams
2/117
Application examples
2/118
Technical data
2/120
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/112
2
Liquid level monitors and controls
Benefits and advantages
2
CM-ENE MIN/MAX
–– Monitoring of pump systems for dry running (ENE MIN) and overflow (ENE MAX)
–– Connection of 2 electrodes possible at C and MIN/MAX
–– 3 supply voltage versions
–– Optimal price/performance ratio
–– 1 n/o contact: Open-circuit principle for CM-ENE MIN, Closed-circuit principle for CM-ENE MAX
–– LED for status indication
CM-ENS
–– Monitoring and control of liquid levels (when draining or filling liquids in tanks)
–– Monitoring and control of mixture ratios (conductivity of liquids)
–– Adjustable response sensitivity 5-100 kq
–– 4 supply voltage versions 24-240 V AC
–– Version with protective separation acc. to VDE 0160 J
–– Cascadable
–– 1 c/o contact or 1 n/o and 1 n/c contact
–– 2 LEDs for status indication
CM-ENS UP/DOWN
––
––
––
––
––
––
Monitoring and control of liquid levels
Selectable function "fill" or "drain"
Adjustable response sensitivity 5-100 kq
Cascadable
1 c/o contact
2 LEDs for status indication
CM-ENN
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
Monitoring and control of liquid levels (when emptying or filling liquids in tanks)
Monitoring and control of mixture ratios (conductivity of liquids)
3 response sensitivities from 250 q - 500 kq in one unit
5 supply voltage versions 24 V AC/DC - 415 V AC
Selectable ON- or OFF-delay 0.1-10 s
2 c/o contacts
2 LEDs for status indication
2/113 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Liquid level monitors and controls
Operating controls
CM-ENS
2
1
1 „Sens.“ - sensitivity potentiometer for adjusting the response sensitivity
2 Indication of operational states
2
R: yellow LED - relay status
U: green LED -control supply voltage
3 Marker label
2CDC 253 026 F0013
3
CM-ENN
1
1 „Function.“ - function selector switch:
„UP“- fill
„DOWN“ - drain
2 „Sens.“ - potentiometer for adjusting the response sensitivity
3 Indication of operational states
2
3
R: MIN/MAX: yellow LED - relay status MIN/MAX
U: green LED - control supply voltage
R AL1: yellow LED - relay status AL1
R AL2: yellow LED - relay status AL2
4 Marker label
2CDC 253 012 F0013
4
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/114
Liquid level monitors and controls
Ordering details
Description
ABB‘s liquid level monitoring relays for regulation and control of liquid levels and ratios of mixtures of conductive fluids.
The assortment includes single function and multifunction monitoring relays which can be
used for overflow and dry-running protection, for filling and draining applications, for max and
min alarm or any combination of such functions. Furthermore a wide range of accessories is
available
1SVR 550 851 F9500
2
Ordering details
Rated control supply voltage
Type
Order code
Price
1 pce
CM-ENE MIN
24 V AC
1SVR550855R9500
0.15 (0.33)
1SVR550850R9500
0.15 (0.33)
220-240 V AC
1SVR550851R9500
0.15 (0.33)
24 V AC
1SVR550855R9400
0.15 (0.33)
1SVR550850R9400
0.15 (0.33)
220-240 V AC
1SVR550851R9400
0.15 (0.33)
24 V AC
1SVR430851R9100
0.15 (0.33)
110-130 V AC
1SVR430851R0100
0.15 (0.33)
1SVR430851R1100
0.15 (0.33)
220-240 V AC 1)
1SVR430851R1300
0.15 (0.33)
24 V AC
1SVR430851R9200
0.15 (0.33)
1SVR430851R0200
0.15 (0.33)
1SVR430851R1200
0.15 (0.33)
1SVR450055R0000
0.30 (0.66)
1SVR450059R0000
0.30 (0.66)
1SVR450050R0000
0.30 (0.66)
1SVR450051R0000
0.30 (0.66)
110-130 V AC
CM-ENE MIN
1SVR550 851 F9400
110-130 V AC
CM-ENE MAX
CM-ENS
220-240 V AC
CM-ENE MAX
Weight
(1 pce)
kg (lb)
CM-ENS
UP/DOWN
110-130 V AC
220-240 V AC
24-240 V AC/DC
24 V AC
CM-ENN
110-130 V AC
220-240 V AC
Version with protective separation acc. to VDE 0160, 1 n/o, 1 n/c
1SVR 430 851 F1100
1)
CM-ENS
Liquid level monitors are
acids, bases
liquid fertilizers
milk, beer, coffee
non-concentrated
alcohol
1SVR 450 055 F0000
Suitable for
spring water
drinking water
sea water
sewage
CM-ENN
2/115 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Not suitable for
chemically pure water
fuel
oils
explosive areas (liquid
gas)
ethylene glycol
concentrated alcohol
paraffin
lacquers
Liquid level monitors and controls
Ordering details - Accessories
Compact support CM-KH-3 for 3 bar electrodes
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
Ideally suited for use with liquid level relays CM-ENS and CM-ENN
W ire connection by screw terminals
Pull relief by M16 screwed cable glands
Temperature range up to 90 °C
F ood safe material (PPH)
Screw-in electrodes (M4 thread)
D istance plate (CM-AH-3) and locking nut (CM-GM-1) optionally
available as an accessory
2
M4 thread
1SVR 450 056 F6000
M16 screwed cable gland
spanner size 36
sealing ring
counter nut CM-GM-1
1" thread
distance plate CM-AH-3
1SVC 110 000 F 0477
1" counter nut CM-GM-1 (order code: 1SVR 450 056 R8000)
(optional)
screw-in bar electrodes with M4 thread
(available as an option, see below)
electrodes
1SVC 110 000 F 0476
distance plate CM-AH-3 (order code: 1SVR 4 450 056 R7000)
(optional)
Technical data compact support
1SVC 110 000 F 0475
Type of mounting: G 1" thread
Mounting position: any
Enclosure material: PPH
Sealing:
NBR 70
Temperature range:90 °C max.
Pressure:
10 bar max. (60 °C)
Description
Type
Compact support for 3 bar electrodes
CM-KH-3
1SVR450056R6000
Distance plate for 3 bar electrodes
CM-AH-3
1SVR450056R7000
Counter nut for 1“ thread
CM-GM-1
1SVR450056R8000
Material: stainless steel 304, high-grade
steel 14301
Pkg
qty
Weight (1 pce)
kg (lb)
0.06 (0.132)
1
0.06 (0.132)
0.06 (0.132)
127
6.8
0.268
Steel electrode (X14CrMoS17) with
sleeve (Hostalen GC 7260) suitable up
to 60°C max.
1SVC 110 000 F 0479
Thread M4
Price
Suspension electrode CM-HE
1SVC 110 000 F0478
Screw-in bar electrodes for compact support CM-KH-3
Order code
During project engineering the compatibility of the electrode material with the medium to be supervised is to be examined!
Lenght
Type
Order code
300 mm
CM-SE-300
1SVR450056R0000
600 mm
CM-SE-600
1SVR450056R0100
1000 mm
CM-SE-1000
1SVR450056R0200
CM-HE
CM-HE
1SVR402902R0000
Price
Pkg
qty
Weight (1 pce)
kg (lb)
0.08 (0.176)
1
0.08 (0.176)
0.08 (0.176)
0.08 (0.176)
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/116
Liquid level monitors and controls
Function diagrams
Max.
Min.
C
A1-A2
11-14
11-12
The CM-ENS monitors levels of conductive liquids and is used for example for liquid level control in pump systems. It can be used for filling or draining tanks for
example. It is also suitable for monitoring the conductivity of liquids. The measuring principle is based on the resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes.
After the supply voltage is applied to the terminals A1 and A2, the output relay is de-energized. The probes must be connected to C, MAX, MIN. The output relay
energizes if the liquid exceeds the maximum level (C and MAX wet) and de-energizes if the liquid level is below the minimum level (MAX and MIN dry). Basedau m
on the measuring circuit there will be a response delay of approx. 250 ms at maximum sensitivity. Different levels in one tank can be controlled by up to 5 CM-ENS
without interfering with each other.
Function diagram - CM-ENS UP/DOWN
Max.
Min.
C
A1-A2
"DOWN"
11-14
11-12
"UP"
11-14
11-12
1SVC 110 000 F 0164
2
1SVC 110 000 F 0155
Function diagram - CM-ENS
The CM-ENS UP/DOWN monitors levels of conductive liquids and other media, and is used e.g. for liquid level control in pump systems.
The measuring principle is based on the resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes. The output relay functions fill (UP) or drain (DOWN) can be selected
on a front-face selector switch. If the "UP" function is selected, the output relay is energized until the MAX electrode becomes wet. Then it is de-energized and
not re-energized until the MIN electrode becomes dry. If the "DOWN" function is selected, the output relay is energized as soon as the MAX electrode becomes
wet. It remains energized until the liquid level has dropped below the MIN electrode. The electrodes can be connected to more than one CM-ENS unit without
interference.
2/117 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Liquid level monitors and controls
Function diagrams
Function diagrams - CM-ENN
Circuit with 2 electrodes
1SVC 110 000 F 0167
MAX
MIN
C
A1-A2
15/18
15/16
Circuit with 3 electrodes
1SVC 110 000 F 0168
MAX
MIN
C
The CM-ENN monitors levels of conductive liquids and is used for example
for liquid level monitoring in pump control systems, for dry-running protection
of submersible pumps or overflow monitoring of tanks. It is also suitable for
conductivity monitoring of liquids. The measuring principle is based on the
resistance change sensed by single-pole electrodes (wet or dry).
Instead of electrodes, other sensors or transducers can also be used if their
output quantities are different resistance values. The measuring, output and
supply circuits are electrically isolated for potential separation and to prevent
electrical interference.
Due to the integrated ON- or OFF-delay, it is possible to set up time-dependent
liquid controls using only two electrodes (C, MAX). Different liquid levels in
one tank can be controlled by up to 5 CM-ENN (AC version) without mutual
interference.
A1-A2
15/18
15/16
tA = ON-delay, tR = OFF-delay
MIN
C
1SVC 110 000 F 0151
Function diagram - CM-ENE MIN
A1-A2
13-14
The liquid level relays CM-ENE MIN and CM-ENE MAX are used to monitor
levels of conductive liquids, for example in pump control systems for dryrunning or overflow monitoring.
The measuring principle is based on the occurring resistance change when
moisting single-pole electrodes. The single-pole electrodes (see also section
Accessories) are connected to the terminals C and MIN or MAX.
If the supply voltage is applied to A1-A2 and the electrodes are wet, the output
relay of the CM-ENE MIN is energized and the output relay of the CM-ENE MAX
is de-energized.
The output relay of the CM-ENE MIN de-energizes if the electrodes are no
longer wet. The output relay of the CM-ENE MAX energizes if the electrodes are
no longer wet.
MIN
C
1SVC 110 000 F 0152
Function diagram CM-ENE MAX
A1-A2
13-14
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/118
2
Liquid level monitors and controls
Connection diagrams
Rated control supply voltage
C
Ground reference electrode
MIN
Minimum level
13-14
Output contact -open-circuit
principle
1SVC 110 000 F 0158
Connection diagram CM-ENS
1SVC 110 000 F 0154
2
A1-A2
Connection diagram CM-ENE MAX
C MAX MIN
MIN
11
A1
A2 12 14
14
12
A2
2CDC 252 042 F0003
11
MAX
Rated control supply voltage
C
Ground reference electrode
MIN
Maximum level
13-14
Output contact -open-circuit
principle
A1-A2
Rated control supply voltage
A1-A2
Rated control supply voltage
C
Ground reference electrode
C
Ground reference electrode
MAX
Maximum level
MAX
Maximum level electrode
MIN
Minimum level
MIN
Minimum level electrode
1115 -1216/1418
Output contact -open-circuit
principle
1115 -1216/1418
Output contact -open-circuit
principle
Connection diagram CM-ENS UP/DOWN
A1
C
A1-A2
Connection diagram CM-ENN
A1-A2
Rated control supply voltage
C
Ground reference electrode
MAX
Maximum level
MIN
Minimum level
11-12/14
Output contacts - opencircuit or closed-circuit principle selectable
2/119 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
1SVC 110 000 F 0169
1SVC 110 000 F 0153
Connection diagram CM-ENE MIN
Liquid level monitors and controls
Application examples
Application examples CM-ENE MIN/MAX
CM-ENE MIN
CM-ENE MAX
1SVC 110 000 F 0496
1SVC 110 000 F 0494
1SVC 110 000 F 0495
CM-ENE MIN und CM-ENE MAX
Application examples CM-ENS
1SVC 110 000 F 0156
1SVC 110 000 F 0157
drain
fill
Application examples CM-ENS UP/DOWN
1SVC 110 000 F 0161
1SVC 110 000 F 0162
Liquid level control - drain switch position "DOWN"
Liquid level control - fill - switch
position "UP"
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/120
2
Liquid level monitors and controls
Application examples
Application examples CM-ENN
1SVC 110 000 F 0165
2
1SVC 110 000 F 0166
drain
fill
For commissioning, set both potentiometers (response sensitivity = R value and ON-delay = time value) to the minimum value
(5) and select a suitable resistance range (sector). After all electrodes have been wetted by the liquid being monitored, turn the
sensitivity potentiometer towards maximum value (100) until the relay energizes. If the relay does not energize, select a higher
q value (sector) on the device and proceed as before. Then it has to be checked if the relay de-energizes properly as soon as
the electrodes C and MIN are no longer wet. Liquid levels higher than the maximum level electrode can be obtained by setting
an ON-delay (TA = 0.1...10 s).
Liquid levels lower than the minimum level electrode can be obtained by setting an OFF-delay time (TR = 0.1...10 s), e.g. for
emptying tanks.
2/121 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Liquid level monitors and controls
Technical data
Type
CM-ENE MIN
CM-ENE MAX
Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage U S power consumption
Rated control supply voltage U S tolerance
Rated frequency
Duty time
Measuring circuit
Monitoring function
Response sensitivity
Maximum electrode voltage
Maximum electrode current
Electrode supply line
Timing circuit
Time delay
Tripping delay
Indication of operational states
Output relay energized
Output circuits
Kind of output
Operational principle 1)
Contact material
Rated operational voltage U e
A1-A2 24 V AC
A1-A2 110-130 V AC
A1-A2 220-240 V AC
-15...+15 %
50-60 Hz
100 %
dry-running protection
0-100 kq, not adjustable
30 V AC
1.5 mA
max. cable capacity 3 nF
max. cable length 30 m
R: yellow LED
13-14
1 n/o contact
open-circuit principle
AgCdO
(IEC/EN 60947-1) 250 V
closed-circuit principle
-/250 V
4A
3A
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V
Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code)
max. rated operational voltage
max. continuous thermal current at B 300
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300
4A
2A
B 300
300 V AC
5A
3600/360 VA
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
0.3 x 10 6 switching cycles
n/c contact n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
Mechanical lifetime
Electrical lifetime (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A)
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit
protection
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Mounting position
Degree of protection
enclosure / terminals
Ambient temperature range
operation / storage
Mounting
Electrical connection
Wire size
fine-strand with wire-end ferrule
fine-strand without wire-end ferrule
rigid
Stripping length
Tightening torque
Standards
Product standard
Low Voltage Directive
EMC Directive
Electromagnetic compatibility
electrostatic discharge
IEC/EN 61000-4-2
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field
IEC/EN 61000-4-3
electrical fast transient / burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-4
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5
conducted disturbances, induced by radioIEC/EN 61000-4-6
frequency fields
Resistance to vibration (IEC 68-2-6)
Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6)
Isolation data
Rat. insulation volt. betw. supply, meas. & output circuit (VDE 0110, IEC 60947)
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits
(VDE 0110, IEC 664)
Test voltage between all isolated circuits
Pollution category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5)
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5)
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30)
1)
MIN-C, MAX-C
overflow protection
fixed approx. 200 ms
Mininimum switching voltage / minimum switching current
Maximum switching voltage
Rated operational current I e
AC-12 (resistive) 230 V
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
AC-15 (inductive) 230 V
AC rating (UL 508)
approx. 1.5 VA
approx. 1.2 VA
approx. 1.4 VA
22.5 x 78 x 78.5 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.09 in)
any
IP50 / IP20
-20...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
2 x 0.75-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 18-16 AWG)
2 x 1-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 18-16 AWG)
2 x 0.75-1.5 mm 2 (2 x 18-16 AWG)
10 mm (0.39 inch)
0.6-0.8 Nm
IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
2006/95/EC
2004/108/EC
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
Level 3 (10 V/m)
Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz)
Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
Level 3 (10 V)
6g
10 g
250 V
4 kV / 1.2-50 µs
2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
3/C
III / C
24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Open-circuit principle: Output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay de-energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/122
2
Liquid level monitors and controls
Technical data
Type
CM-ENS
CM ENS UP/DOWN
Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage U S power consumption
2
Rated control supply voltage U S tolerance
Rated frequency
Duty time
Measuring circuit
Monitoring function
Response sensitivity
Maximum electrode voltage
Maximum electrode current
Electrode supply line
Timing circuit
Time delay
Tripping delay
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage
Output relay energized
Alarm relay AL1
Alarm relay AL2
Output circuits
Kind of output
Operational principle 1)
Contact material
Rated operational voltage U e
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
24 V AC
110-130 V AC approx. 1.5 VA
220-240 V AC approx. 1.5 VA
380-415 V AC approx. 1.5 VA
-15...+10 %
24 V AC
110-130 V AC approx. 4 VA
220-240 V AC approx. 4 VA
50-60 Hz
100 %
MAX-MIN-C
liquid level control
5-100 kW, adjustable
30 V AC
1 mA
max. cable capacity 10 nF
max. cable length 100 m
approx. 250 ms
U: green LED
R MAX/MIN: yellow LED
-
R AL1: yellow LED
R AL2: yellow LED
11-12/14, 21-22, 31-32
1 c/o contact, 1 n/o + 1 n/c contact 2)
open-circuit principle
open- and closed-circuit principle
AgCdo
(IEC/EN 60947-1) 250 V
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current
Maximum switching voltage
Rated operational current I e (IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
AC-12 (resistive) 230 V
AC-15 (inductive) 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V
AC rating (UL 508)
Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code)
max. rated operational voltage
max. continuous thermal current at B 300
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300
Mechanical lifetime
Electrical lifetime (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A)
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit protection
n/c / n/o contact
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Mounting position
Degree of protection
enclosure / terminals
Ambient temperature range
operation / storage
Mounting
Electrical connection
Wire size
fine-strand with wire end ferrule
Standards
Product standard
Low Voltage Directive
EMC Directive
Electromagnetic compatibility
electrostatic discharge
IEC/EN 61000-4-2
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field
IEC/EN 61000-4-3
electrical fast transient / burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-4
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5
conducted disturbances, induced by radioIEC/EN 61000-4-6
frequency fields
Resistance to vibration (IEC 68-2-6)
Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6)
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage between supply, measuring and output circuit
(VDE 0110, IEC 60947)
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits
(VDE0 110, IEC 664)
Test voltage between all isolated circuits
Pollution category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5)
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5)
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30)
-/250 V
4A
3A
4A
2A
B 300
300 V AC
5A
3600/360 VA
30 x 106 switching cycles
0.3 x 106 switching cycles
10 A fast-acting / 10 A fast-acting
22.5 x 70 x 100 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
any
IP50 / IP20
-20...+60 °C / -40...+85 °C
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG)
IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
2006/95/EC
2004/108/EC
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
3
3
3
4
3
(6 kV / 8kV)
(10 V/m)
(2 kV / 5 kHz)
(2 kV L-L)
(10 V)
4g
6g
250 V
4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs
2,5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
3/C
III / C
24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Open-circuit principle: Output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay de-energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
2)
1SVR 430 851 R1300 (version with safe isolation)
1)
2/123 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
Liquid level monitors and controls
Technical data
Type
Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage U S - power
consumption
Rated control supply voltage U S tolerance
Rated frequency
Duty time
Measuring circuit
Monitoring function
Response sensitivity
Maximum electrode voltage
Maximum electrode current
Electrode supply line
Timing circuit
Time delay
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage
Output relay energized
Output circuits
Kind of output
Operational principle 1)
Contact material
Rated operational voltage U e
CM-ENN
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
24 V AC
110-130 V AC approx. 2.5 VA
220-240 V AC approx. 3 VA
24-240 V AC/DC approx. 2 VA/W
-15...+10 %
50-60 Hz oder DC
100 %
liquid level control
adjustable
250 q - 5 kq
20 V AC
8 mA
max. cable capacity 200 nF
max. cable length 1000 m
2
MAX-MIN-C
2.5-50 kq
25-500 kq
2 mA
20 nF
100 m
0.5 mA
4 nF
20 m
0.1-10 s, adjustable, ON- or OFF-delay
U: green LED
R: yellow LED
2 c/o contacts
closed-circuit principle
AgCdO
IEC/EN 60947-1 400 V
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current
Maximum switching voltage
Rated operational current I e (IEC/EN 60947AC-12 (resistive) 230 V
5-1)
AC-15 (inductive) 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V
AC rating (UL 508)
Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code)
max. rated operational voltage
max. continuous thermal current at B 300
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300
Mechanical lifetime
Electrical lifetime (AC-12, 230 V, 4 A)
Max. fuse rating to achieve short-circuit
n/c / n/o contact
protection
General data
Diemensions (W X H X D)
Mounting position
Degree of protection
enclosure / terminals
Ambient temperature range
operation / storage
Mounting
Electrical connection
Wire size
fine-strand with wire end ferrule
Standards
Product standard
Low Voltage Directive
EMC Directive
Electromagnetic compatibility
electrostatic discharge
IEC/EN 61000-4-2
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field
IEC/EN 61000-4-3
electrical fast transient / burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-4
surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5
conducted disturbances, induced by radioIEC/EN 61000-4-6
frequency fields
Resistance to vibration (IEC 68-2-6)
Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6)
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage between supply, measuring and output circuit
(VDE 0110, IEC 60947)
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits (VDE 0110, IEC 664)
Test voltage between all isolated circuits
Pollution category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5)
Overvoltage category (VDE 0110, IEC 664, IEC 255-5)
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30)
15-16/18, 25-26/28
-/400 V
5A
3A
5A
2.5 A
B 300
300 V AC
5A
3600/360 VA
30 x 10 6 switching cycles
0.1 x 10 6 switching cycles
4 A fast-acting / 6 A fast-acting
45 x 78 x 100 mm (1.77 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
any
IP50 / IP20
-25...+65 °C / -40...+85 °C
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
2 x 2.5 mm 2 (2 x 14 AWG)
IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
2006/95/EC
2004/108/EC
Level 3 (6 kV / 8kV)
Level 3 (10 V/m)
Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz)
Level 4 (2 kV L-L)
Level 3 (10 V)
5g
10 g
500 V
4 kV / 1.2 - 50 µs
2,5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
3/C
III / C
24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
1)Open-circuit principle: Output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay de-energizes if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/124
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Notes
2
2/125 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Table of contents
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Technical diagrams - CM-range
2/125
Dimensional drawings
2/127
Ordering details - CM-range accessories
2/128
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/126
2
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Technical diagrams - CM-range
Load limit curves
CM-S (22.5 mm), CM-E (22.5 mm), CM-UFD.M22
V 200
100
80
60
50
40
30
V
300
V 200
100
80
60
50
40
30
20
20
1
2
I
4
6
10
0.1
10
A
2CDC 252 192 F0205
1.0
0.9
0.8
F
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.5
1
2
I
4
6
10
A
Contact lifetime
2CDC 252 192 F0205
Derating factor F for inductive AC load
0.2
250 V
resistive load
2CDC 252 148 F0206
0.5
2CDC 252 148 F0206
0.2
Switching cycles
10
0.1
2CDC 252 193 F0205
2CDC 252 194 F0205
V
300
2
2CDC 252 193 F0205
DC load (resistive)
2CDC 252 194 F0205
AC load (resistive)
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
cos ϕ
Switching current [A]
CM-N (45 mm)
100
80
60
50
40
30
200
resistive load
100
80
60
50
40
30
20
20
0.5
1
2
10
0.1
4 6 10
AC current [A]
Derating factor F for inductive AC load
0.7
0.6
0.5
2CDC 252 192 F0205
0.8
F
1
2
4 6 10
AC current [A]
Contact lifetime
2CDC 252 192 F0205
1.0
0.9
0.5
0.2
106
250 V AC
resistive load
105
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
cos ϕ
104
2/127 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Switching current [A]
2CDC 252 156 F0206
0.2
Switching cycles
10
0.1
2CDC 252 158 F0206
resistive load
400
300
2CDC 252 158 F0206
2CDC 252 157 F0206
200
AC voltage [V]
DC load (resistive)
400
300
2CDC 252 157 F0206
AC voltage [V]
AC load (resistive)
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Technical diagrams - CM-range
Load limit curves CM-UFD.M21
V
300
V
300
U 200
U 200
resistive load
100
80
60
50
40
30
2
1
2
I
4
6
10
A
10
0.1
0.2
1
0.5
2
I
5
10
A
DC load (resistive)
107
106
250 V AC
resistive load
105
104
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
Switching current [A]
2CDC 252 012 F0212
AC load (resistive)
0.5
Switching cycles
0.2
2CDC 252 011 F0212
20
2CDC 252 010 F0212
20
10
0.1
resistive load
100
80
60
50
40
30
Contact lifetime
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/128
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Dimensional drawings
Dimensions in mm
Measuring and monitoring relays CM range old housing
CM-S
22.5 mm
CM-E
22.5 mm
CM-N
45 mm
1SVC 110 000 F 0177
1SVC 110 000 F0423
2
0.039
Measuring and monitoring relays CM range new housing
113.4 44.65”
105.9 41.69”
22.5 0.89”
114.5 4.51”
104.8 4.13”
103.7 40.83”
CM-xxN 1SVR 750 xxx xxx, 1SVR 760 xxx xxx
45 mm
CM-xxS 1SVR 730 xxx xxx, 1SVR 740 xxx xxx
22.5 mm
Temperature monitoring relays
Dimensional drawing CM-UFD.Mxx
67 2.64”
6
86
0,8 ... 1,2 Nm
7 ... 10.3 lb·in
10
1 x 0,5 ... 4,0 mm²
2 x 0,5 ... 2,5 mm²
10
2 x 0,5 ... 1,5 mm²
1 x 0,5 ... 2,5 mm²
c
d
102
6 8 ,2
6
9 1 ,5
1 1 8 ,5 x 3 7
1 3 8 ,5 x 3 7
5 ... 6 mm / PZ2
10
—
AWG
28,8
C512, C513
2 x 20 ... 14
a
b
c
d
65
36
82,6
105,9
C512/C513
45 mm
2/129 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
2CDC 252 008 F0013
b
90 3.54”
7,2
108 4.25”
C512
C513
a
2CDC 252 288 F0005
45
2CDC 252 010 F0011
2CDC 252 022 F0011
85.6 3.37”
85.6 33.70”
45.0 1.77”
107.0 4.21”
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Ordering details - CM-range accessories
2CDC 252 187 F0005
62,5 2.46”
10
.394”
22,5
.886”
4,5
.177”
11,5
.453”
Accessories
Marker label
2CDC 252 185 F0005
7 .275”
3,5 .138”
68,5 2.70 ”
22,5
.886”
2CDC 252 186 F0005
MAR.01
8
.315”
ADP.01
20
.787”
Description
Adapter
for screw
mounting
60 2.36”
3A11
Ordering details
Sealable
transparent
cover
For type
CM-S
CM-S.S/P
CM-N
CM-N.S/P
Width in
mm
for devices Type
Order code
Price
pce
Pkg
qty
Weight
(1 pce)
g (oz)
22.5
ADP.01
1SVR430029R0100
1
18.4 (0.65)
45
ADP.02
1SVR440029R0100
1
36.7 (1.30)
CM-S, CM-N
CM-S.S/P
CM-N.S/P
without DIP
switches
MAR.01
1SVR366017R0100
10
0.19
(0.007)
CM-S, CM-N
with DIP
switches
MAR.02
1SVR430043R0000
10
0.13
(0.005)
CM-S.S/P
CM-N.S/P
with DIP
switches
MAR.12
1SVR730006R0000
10
0.152
(0.335)
CM-S
22.5
COV.01
1SVR430005R0100
1
5.2 (0.18)
CM-N
45
COV.02
1SVR440005R0100
1
7.7 (0.27)
CM-S.S/P
22.5
COV.11
1SVR730005R0100
1
4.0 (0.129)
CM-N.S/P
45
COV.12
1SVR750005R0100
1
7 (0.247)
front-to-back
size 107
1SVC 110 000 F 0180
Sealable cover
COV.01
Sealable cover
COV.02
2CDC 110 004 C0210 | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | ABB 2/130
2
Plug-in current transformers CM-CT
–– W ithout primary conductor though with foot angle, insulating protective cap and bar
fastening screws
–– P rimary / rated current from 50 A to 600 A
–– S econdary current of 1 A or 5 A
–– Class 1
Ordering details
CM-CT
Rated primary Secondary
current
current
Burden class
Type
50 A
1 VA / 1
CM-CT 50/1
1SVR450116R1000
0.31 (0.683)
75 A
1.5 VA / 1
CM-CT 75/1
1SVR450116R1100
0.31 (0.683)
100 A
2.5 VA / 1
CM-CT 100/1
1SVR450116R1200
0.276 (0.608)
150 A
2.5 VA / 1
CM-CT 150/1
1SVR450116R1300
0.32 (0.705)
2.5 VA / 1
CM-CT 200/1
1SVR450116R1400
0.222 (0.489)
300 A
5 VA / 1
CM-CT 300/1
1SVR450117R1100
0.29 (0.639)
400 A
5 VA / 1
CM-CT 400/1
1SVR450117R1200
0.27 (0.595)
500 A
5 VA / 1
CM-CT 500/1
1SVR450117R1300
0.29 (0.639)
600 A
5 VA / 1
CM-CT 600/1
1SVR450117R1400
0.24 (0.529)
50 A
1 VA / 1
CM-CT 50/5
1SVR450116R5000
0.3 (0.661)
75 A
1.5 VA / 1
CM-CT 75/5
1SVR450116R5100
0.31 (0.683)
100 A
2.5 VA / 1
CM-CT 100/5
1SVR450116R5200
0.31 (0.683)
150 A
2.5 VA / 1
CM-CT 150/5
1SVR450116R5300
0.28 (0.617)
5 VA / 1
CM-CT 200/5
1SVR450116R5400
0.29 (0.639)
300 A
5 VA / 1
CM-CT 300/5
1SVR450117R5100
0.252 (0.556)
400 A
5 VA / 1
CM-CT 400/5
1SVR450117R5200
0.26 (0.573)
500 A
5 VA / 1
CM-CT 500/5
1SVR450117R5300
0.208 (0.459)
600 A
5 VA / 1
CM-CT 600/5
1SVR450117R5400
0.21 (0.463)
2CDC 251 003 F0005
200 A
1A
200 A
CM-CT
with mounted accessories
5A
Order code
Price
pce
Weight
(1 pce)
g (oz)
Ordering details - Accessories
Description
Type
Order code
Snap-on fastener for DIN rail mounting of CM-CT
CM-CT A
1SVR450118R1000
Price
10 pces
CM-CT-A
mounted on DIN rail
Operating principle / circuit diagram
0.009 (0.02)
Dimensional drawing
48 1.89“
35 1.38“
61 2.36“
load
6
a
b
c
d
e
2
K-P1
a
b
c
d
e
40 1.57“
60 2.36“
a
b
c
d
e
2/131 ABB | Catalog Electronic Products and Relays 2015 | 2CDC 110 004 C0210
l
10,5 mm
12,5 mm
20,5 mm
25,5 mm
30,5 mm
0.41 inch
0.49 inch
0.81 inch
1.00 inch
1.20 inch
30 1.18“
47 1.85“
62 2.40“
6,5 0.26“
l/S2
k
78,5 3.09“
75,5 2.97“
31 1.22“
L/P2
k/S1
2CDC 252 001 F0206
K/P1
Weight
(1 pce)
g (oz)
2CDC 252 153 F0b06
2CDC 251 159 F0b06
2
2CDC 251 002 F0005
General technical data, Accessories, Current transformers
Ordering details - CM-CT current transformers
Riga
tel. +371 6738 1617
klinkmann@klinkmann.lv
Helsinki
tel. +358 9 540 4940
info@klinkmann.fi
St. Petersburg
tel. +7 812 327 3752
klinkmann@klinkmann.spb.ru
Moscow
tel. +7 495 641 1616
moscow@klinkmann.spb.ru
Yekaterinburg
tel. +7 343 287 19 19
yekaterinburg@klinkmann.spb.ru
Samara
tel. +7 846 273 95 85
samara@klinkmann.spb.ru
Кiev
tel. +38 044 495 33 40
klinkmann@klinkmann.kiev.ua
Vilnius
tel. +370 5 215 1646
post@klinkmann.lt
Tallinn
tel. +372 668 4500
klinkmann.est@klinkmann.ee
Мinsk
tel. +375 17 200 0876
minsk@klinkmann.com
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising